Home

Draytek Vigor2110Vn

Contents

1. State ST Location L Orginization 0 Orginization Unit OU Common Name CN Email E Key Type Key Size Type in all the information that the window requests Then click Generate again Import Click this button to import a saved file as the certification information Refresh Click this button to refresh the information listed below View Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate request After clicking Generate the generated information will be displayed on the window below Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TW ST HC L HC O Draytek O Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH 509 Local Certificate MITBQICCARNC Ab iwaj ELMARGALUEBRMNCYF cet cad BONVphOTAkbDHOswCOgDVMOOn EwJ IQzEQuUAtGALUECHNMHRHJhexRlacELNMARGALIUECXMCUROx I AgEgGkqhkiGo3wiB COEWESNIcHEycnRacHIhexRlaysjhb20uqezsubord Koz ThycNacERROaADGYOUANIGd LoGRALMIdTsqtFoOTFEpYyt iqedVIGusktqGceEtwayTUShHovkpasccrqJIBGrikTUBzE alz tonEccOhe LPSOlgesSoychwoOTBmMOEDELOWHWwWCalAZGoGvIiODNCT Eo woe mp a 4400n7 24qciCOb 114ea6hLacelayn zhrgnQ1lOnouF aghbs scgs DaAnboky hEiGOIWORBAQUF AsOBGoc gs sdwiee 1toqn4Uese BJsYeuTJHatSsseUnard ZefCmorSs Syo Hpsthsmsthudwoekc cess gLtHhr6iceMoToors LWdakPUSLar yBREg 9t earpDal rCSzwCratteakUmPqhoiytqebeSt TESvVULilxmvaBye LhAWFSEEVLUTg Vigor2110 Series User s G
2. Vigor2110 series 73 3 0 RCS Feb 11 2009 14 25 46 LAN WAN MAC Address 00 S50 7F 9A 32 70 Link Status Connected ist IP Address 192 168 1 5 MAC Address OO SO F 94 32 71 ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connection DHCP Client DHCP Server Yes IP Address 192 166 5 26 DNS 172 16 3 18 Default Gateway 197 168 5 1 YoIP Wireless LAN Port Profile Req In Out MAC Address 00 50 7f 9a 32 70 Phonel Mo o 0 Frequency Domain Europe Done Ho O Firmware Yersian 1 5 1 0 SSID DrayTek Model Name Display the model name of the router Firmware Version Build Date Time LAN MAC Address 1 IP Address 1 Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS WAN Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID 3 7 2 User Password Display the firmware version of the router Display the date and time of the current firmware build Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface Display the IP address of the LAN interface Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS Display current connection status Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Display the connection type Display the IP address of the WAN interface Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway Display the MAC
3. Weekdays LJ Sun Enable Schedule Setup Start Date yyyy mm dd Start Time hh mm Duration Time hh mm Action Idle Timeout Example Mon D A o E k Force Oni bo minutes max 255 0 for default Tue Wed Thu Fri LJ Sat Check to enable the schedule Specify the starting date of the schedule Specify the starting time of the schedule Specify the duration or period for the schedule Specify which action Call Schedule should apply during the period of the schedule Force On Force the connection to be always on Force Down Force the connection to be always down Enable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be dial on demand and the value of idle timeout should be specified in Idle Timeout field Disable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be up when it has traffic on the line Once there is no traffic over idle timeout the connection will be down and never up again during the schedule Specify the duration or period for the schedule How often Specify how often the schedule will be applied Once The schedule will be applied just once Weekdays Specify which days in one week should perform the schedule Suppose you want to control the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on Force On from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Other time the Internet access connection should be disconnected Force Down Office 11 12 1 Hour a f Force On T 5 Mon Sun 9 00 am to 6 00 pm
4. 2509 Local Certificate Dray Te k 254 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 2 You can click GENERATE button to start to edit a certificate request Enter the information in the certificate request Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address MM IP Subject Name Country CC State ST Location CL Orginization 0 Orginization Unit COU Common Name CN Email E Key Type HA Key Size 1024 Bit Generate 3 Copy and save the X509 Local Certificate Requet as a text file and save it for later use Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TWYST HC L HC O Draytek O Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH 509 Local Certificate MITBQICCARNC AG dual ELNAKGALUEBHNCYF cx ca BoGNVE AGTARHD NOs yCOYDyOoH EwJ IQZEQMASGALUECHMHRHIJ he ZR lacELNARGALUECKMCURGR I AgbgkqhkiGowOB COEWESNIcHbywcoenkRazHiheszRlaysjh20uwgzewDord Kod ThvcWNaAQEBRBOsADGYOaANIGd AoGBALMIdATSsqtFoTFEpYyt iIgedIVIGusktqcektweayTUSHovepascrqJBGrikTUBs alk ftoqonEccOhs LPSOIgsSoychwqOTBmOEDELOWwHwClalafaoGyIiopMcTtswox d m dar 2400n zeqciCOb 11 s amp abhLioce lesynzhkgno1lonsuF gMhbsacgsD avEgkg hk1GOVOB AUF AAO go qa sduvece 1Ltoqn4 vese BIsVeurd HatsseUnath zef mof Syo HpstNsmnllshhuiwoekCcucesy gLtHhr 6 iccMoToorx LWdakEPUSLgryBEKg st eorpDal rcozwCra0texkimPqhoiytqebxst TESVULil
5. Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP 4 Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 6 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router B dial in to build VPN connection If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 233 Dray Tek 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP Username 909 IPSec Tunnel Password OoOo C LATP with IPSec Policy vJ Compression on O Off Specify Remote VPN Gateway IKE Authentication Method Peer YPN Server IP di Pre S ared Key 220 135 240 210 IKE Pre Shared Key J i e Hes fe C Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH Hight ESF DES 3DES AES If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP Username draytek D IPSec Tunnel password C LATP with IPSec Policy VI Compression on off Specify Remote VPN Gateway IKE Authentication Method Peer YPN Server IP Pre Shared key 220 135 240 210 Been DE EE Ir e Digital Signature x 5095 IPSec Security Method Mediumt AH High ESP DES 3DES AES 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Networ
6. Dray Te k 132 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 7 CSM Profile Content Security Management CSM CSM is an abbreviation of Content Security Management which is used to control IM P2P usage filter the web content and URL content to reach a goal of security management As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It is similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time To address these needs we provide CSM functionality IM P2P Filter As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It 1s similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time To address these needs we provide CSM functionality URL Content Filter To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Cont
7. Dray Tek phase 2 quick mode Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to more Remote Network IP Addresses Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection This is usually used when you find there are several subnets behind the remote VPN router The option specifies the direction of RIP Routing Information Protocol packets You can enable disable one of direction here Herein we provide four options TX RX Both TX Only RX Only and Disable If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose NAT otherwise choose Route Check this box to change the default route with this VPN tunnel 172 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 10 7 Connection Management You can find the summary table of all VPN connections You may disconnect any VPN connection by clicking Drop button You may also aggressively Dial out by using Dial out Tool and clicking Dial button VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Refresh Seconds YPN Connection Status Current Page 1 Page Nol Go Virtual TH Tx Rate Rx Rx Rate re type i Network Pkts Dpsi Pkts Bps ee SRMN Data is encrypted HKEREREEN Data isn t encrypted Dial Click this button to execute dial out function Refresh Seconds Choose the time for refresh the dial information among 5 10 and 30 Refresh Click this button to refresh the whole connection status Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 173 Dr ay Te k 4 11 Certific
8. IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method My WAN IP Remote Gateway IP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Vigor2110 Series User s Guide type by checking the box Also you should further specify the corresponding security methods on the right side If you uncheck the checkbox the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for PSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you
9. Mixed l1b 11g 11n ze Only schedule profiles that have the action Force Down are applied to the WLAN all other actions are ignored SSID Channel Packet O VERDRIVE C Tx Burst Note Dray Tek Channel 6 243r MHz The same technology must also be supported in clients to boost WLAN performance C Hide SSID C Long Preamble Hide SSID prevent SSID from being scanned Long Preamble necessary for some older 802 116 devices only lowers performance Enable Wireless LAN Mode Index 1 15 SSID Channel Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Check the box to enable wireless function At present the router can connect to Mixed 11b 11g 11g Only 11b Only Mixed 11g 11n 11n Only and Mixed 11b 11g 11n stations simultaneously Simply choose Mix 11b 11g 11n mode Mixed 11b 11g 11n 11b Only 11g Only Tin Only 11b 119 11 Mixed 1b 11 q Tr Note You should also set RADIUS Server simultaneously if 11g Only 11b Only or 11n Only mode is selected Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work Means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is DrayTek We suggest you to change it Means the channel of frequ
10. 1 Make sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly Vigor2110 Series User s Guide E Dray Tek 2 Configure the PPPoE always on from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week 3 Configure the Force Down from 18 00 to next day 9 00 for whole week 4 Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet access profile Now the PPPoE Internet connection will follow the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action according to the time plan that has been pre defined in the schedule profiles 4 9 3 RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS is a security authentication client server protocol that supports authentication authorization and accounting which is widely used by Internet service providers It is the most common method of authenticating and authorizing dial up and tunneled network users The built in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial in user or a wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication It enables centralized remote access authentication for network management Applications gt gt RADIUS RADIUS Setup Enable Destination Port 1612 Shared Secret pO Enable Server IP Address Destination Port Shared Secret Confirm Shared Secret Dray Tek Check to enable RADIUS client feature Enter the IP address of RADIUS server The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812 based o
11. DNS Servers Optional Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address fe80 0000 0000 0000 020a 95ff fe8d 72e4 Configure IPv6 rr Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 263 Dr ay Te k 6 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer The default gateway IP address of the router is 192 168 1 1 For some reason you might need to use ping command to check the link status of the router The most important thing is that the computer will receive a reply from 192 168 1 1 If not please check the IP address of your computer We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP automatically Please refer to the section 4 2 Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly For Windows 1 Open the Command Prompt window from Start menu gt Run 2 Type command for Windows 95 98 ME or cmd for Windows NT 2000 XP The DOS command dialog will appear o Command Prompt Microsoft Windows HP Version 5 1 2688 C Copyright 1985 2001 Microsoft Corp D Documents and Settings fae gt ping 192 168 1 1 Pinging 192 168 1 1 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bhytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Ping statistics for 192 168 1 1 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost A loss Approxima
12. Feb 11 2009 14 25 46 LAN MAC Address 00 S50 7F 94 32 70 ist IP Address 192 168 1 5 ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server Yes DNS 172 16 3 18 WAN Link Status Connected MAC Address OO SO 7F 9A4 32 71 Connection DHCP Client IP Address 192 168 5 26 Default Gateway 192 168 5 1 YoIP Port Profile Reg In Out No Phonel 0 0 Phone2 No 0 0 SSID DrayTek Wireless LAN MAC Address 00 SO 7f 9a 32 70 Frequency Domain Europe Firmware Yersion 1 8 1 0 Main screen for admin mode operation full configuration 16 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide BOON 2 77 OSeries Broadband Firewall Routerm Auto Logout EI System Status Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time Vigor2110 series 3 3 0_RC5 Feb 11 2009 14 25 46 LAN Dray Tek www draytek com WAN MAC Address ist IP Address ist Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS 0O S50 7F 94 32 70 192 168 1 5 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 18 Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Connected OO 50 7F 94 32 71 DHCP Client 192 168 5 26 192 168 5 1 Default Gateway YoIP Wireless LAN Port Profile Reg In Out MAC Address 00 50 7f 9a 32 70 Phonel No 00 Frequency Domain Europe Phone2 No 0 0 Firmware Yersion 1 8 1 0 i SSID DrayTek Main screen for user mode operation simple configuration Note The home page will change slightly in acc
13. PPTP Username draytek C IPSec Tunnel Password C L2TF with IPSec Policy VI Compression on off Specify Remote VPN Gateway IKE Authentication Method Peer YPN Server IP Pre shared Key 290 136 240 208 EE Ir O Digital Gonaturer zx 509 IPSec Security Method Mediumt AH High ESP DES 3DES AES 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router B can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router A via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP ooo SCH first subnet to remote network you have to o Remote Network IP 192 168 1 0 Pemote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 hore C Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 4 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 237 Dr ay Te k 5 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter The other common case is that you as a teleworker may want to connect to the enterprise network securely According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a Remote User Profile and install Smart VPN Client on the remote host VPN Router Internet 210 135 240 208 Remote Network 192 168 1 0 Settings in VPN Router in the enterprise office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP b
14. Setto Factory Default Group Name Group Name KSpSEERERr renere IN PFEPBREPEEBRBEBEEE Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 125 Dr ay Te k Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Setup Profile Index 1 Name Available Service Type Objects Selected Service Type Objects 1 SIP 2 RTP Name Type a name for this profile Available Service Type All the available service objects that you have added on Objects Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object will be shown in this box Selected Service Type Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box Objects 4 6 5 Keyword Object You can set 200 keyword object profiles for choosing as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt Keyword Object Keyword Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name L 17 2 18 3 19 4 20 J 21 D 22 l 23 8 24 J 23 10 2b 12 28 14 30 15 31 lt lt 132 33 54 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200 gt gt Next gt gt Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Dr ay Tek 126 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Object Setup Profile Index 1 Name Type a name for this profile e g game Contents Type the content for such profile
15. not be covered by the warranty We reserve the right to revise the manual and online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes Web registration is preferred You can register your Vigor router via http www draytek com Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology all routers will be regularly upgraded Please consult the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware tools and documents http www draytek com i Dray Tek European Community Declarations Manufacturer DrayTek Corp Address No 26 Fu Shing Road HuKou Township HsinChu Industrial Park Hsin Chu Taiwan 303 Product Vigor2110 Series Router DrayTek Corp declares that Vigor2110 Series of routers are in compliance with the following essential requirements and other relevant provisions of R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EEC The product conforms to the requirements of Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 2004 108 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN55022 Class B and EN55024 Class B The product conforms to the requirements of Low Voltage LVD Directive 2006 95 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN60950 1 Regulatory Information Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the
16. Access List SNMP Setup List IP Subnet Mask L Enable SNMP Agent Trap Community Notification Host IP fs Trap Timeout 10 seconds OK 4 3 2 DMZ Host As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 103 Dr ay Te k Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMF Host Setup WAN 1 Mone wi MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host foo foo foo Joo J foo Mote When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or Static or Dynamic IP
17. Build Date Time Feb 11 2009 14 25 46 LAN WAN MAC Address OO SO 7F 94 32 70 Link Status Connected ist IP Address 192 168 1 5 MAC Address OO S0 7F GA 32 71 ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connection DHCP Client DHCP Server Yes IP Address 192 168 5 26 DNS 172 16 3 18 Default Gateway 192 168 5 1 YoIP Wireless LAN Port Profile Reg In Out MAC Address 00 S0 7f 9a 32 70 Phonel No o 0 Frequency Domain Europe Phone2 No 0 0 Firmware Yersion 1 8 1 0 SSID DrayTek 4 1 Internet Access Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to Internet Access group 4 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following range
18. Call Direction Always On or Idle Timeout Enable PING to Keep alive Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method MediumtAH4 High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Specify a name for the profile of the LAN to LAN connection Check here to activate this profile Pass click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Specify the allowed call direction of this LAN to LAN profile Both initiator responder Dial Out initiator only Dial In responder only Always On Check to enable router always keep VPN connection Idle Timeout The default value is 300 seconds If the connection has been idled over the value the router will drop the connection This function is to help the router to determine the status of IPSec VPN connection especially useful in the case of abnormal VPN IPSec tunnel disruption For details please refer to the note below Check to enable the transmission of PING packets to a specified IP address 167 Dray Tek PING to the IP PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with User Name Password PPP Authentication VJ compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Met
19. Class 3 C Enable UDF Bandwidth Control C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize 25s 5 k 5 Others GC be Limited_bandwidth Ratio 25 2 Online Statistics Enable the QoS Control WAN Inbound Bandwidth WAN Outbound Bandwidth The factory default for this setting is checked Please also define which traffic the QoS Control settings will apply to IN apply to incoming traffic only OUT apply to outgoing traffic only BOTH apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic Check this box and click OK then click Setup link again You will see the Online Statistics link appearing on this page It allows you to set the connecting rate of data input for WAN For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 1000kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps It allows you to set the connecting rate of data output for WAN For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 256kbps for this box The default value is 1OOOOkbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance Reserved Bandwidth Ratio Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Vigor2110 Series User s Guide It is reserved for the group index in the form of ratio of reserved bandwidth to upstre
20. Dray Tek 180 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Digit Map Setup Enable Prefix Number Mode OP Number Interface P D gd xX T os e e 2 B86 B86 2 a 4 Poff 4 a Poff of if Pf Ip DI Pf 7 a Pf In J a Poff c a LI IB m a Le Ab Seel LR Jb o a Po Or ee Ip a Of Poff Cd Pf Ju e Dr o O LJ Ab Ab eof Poff a DI LJ Ab 2 DI LJ Ab Mote Min Len and Max Len should be between Dea2b Enable Check this box to invoke this setting Prefix Number The phone number set here is used to add strip or replace the OP number Mode None No action Add When you choose this mode the OP number will be added with the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Strip When you choose this mode the OP number will be deleted by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VolP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the OP number of 886 will be deleted completely for the prefix number is set with SS6 Replace When you choose this mode the OP number will be replaced by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the prefix number of 03 will be replaced by 8863 For example dial number of O31111111 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 18 Dray Tek
21. Enable UPNP Service Service or Connection Status Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Address Network Connections Network Tasks E Create a new connection D Set up a home or small office network See Also i Network Troubleshooter Other Places Dk Control Panel a My Network Places Lj My Documents 4 My Computer Details Network Connections System Folder LAN or High Speed Internet Broadband gt a hinet w Disconnected m WAN Miniport PPPOE Dial up test A Disconnected CK DrayTek ISDN PPP Internet Gateway i IP Broadband Connection on Router C Bn Enabled AA Local 4rea Connection CH Enabled fe i Realtek RTL3139 810x Family IP Broadband Connection on Router Status AE General Internet Gateway Status Duration Speed Activity Internet Internet Gateway Packets Sent 404 Received 1115 Cae Connected 00 19 06 100 0 Mbps My Computer rad BEE
22. For example type gambling as Contents When you browse the webpage the page with gambling information will be watched out and be passed blocked based on the configuration on Firewall settings 4 5 6 Keyword Group This page allows you to bind several keyword objects into one group The keyword groups set here will be chosen as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Keyword Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name Bad i fied Ia Is Ia Is Ia Is Ia Ia Ia Isi Je mts fees P s Gi JE rd In n Is ah Ui les l s Gi JE rd EPBEERERppnpbbbabRt Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 127 Dr ay Te k Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Setup Profile Index 1 Available Keyword Objects Selected Keyword Objects Max 16 Objects Keyword 1 2 keyword 2 Name Type a name for this group Available Keyword You can gather keyword objects from Keyword Object page Objects within one keyword group All the available Keyword objects that you have created will be shown in this box l K j j j Selected Keyword Objects Click button to add the selected Keyword objects in this box 4 6 7 File Extension Object This page allows you to set eight profiles which will be applied in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter All the files with the extension names speci
23. If you choose Wake by IP Address you have to choose the correct IP address Wake by MAC Address e MAC Address IP Address IP Address The IP addresses that have been configured in Firewall gt gt Bind IP to MAC will be shown in this drop down list Choose the IP address from the drop down list that you want to wake up MAC Address Type any one of the MAC address of the bound PCs Wake Up Click this button to wake up the selected IP See the following figure The result will be shown on the box Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Dray Tek Note Wake on LAN integrates with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IP Wake by MAC Address ze ID Address macacdress fi i i 1 Result Send command to client done 158 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 10 VPN and Remote Access A Virtual Private Network VPN is the extension of a private network that encompasses links across shared or public networks like the Internet In short by VPN technology you can send data between two computers across a shared or public network in a manner that emulates the properties of a point to point private link Below shows the menu items for VPN and Remote Access 4 10 1 Remote Access Control Enable the necessary VPN service as you need If you intend to run a VPN server inside your LAN you should disable the VPN service of Vigor Router to allow VPN tunnel pass through as well as the app
24. Internet What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other 3 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration For NAT Usage lst IP Address Let Subnet Mask 2nd IP Address 2nd Subnet Mask 2 RIP Drotocol Control Ist IP Address Ist Subnet Mask For IP Routing Usage Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 192 168 1 5 255 255 255 0 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable 92 168 2 1 55 255 255 0 2nd Subnet DHCP Server Disable DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server Relay Agent ist Subnet 2nd Subnet Start IP Address 192 165 1 10 C 192 165 1 5 IP Pool Counts Gateway IP Address DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent DNS Server IP Address C Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 Click Enable to invoke this function The default setting
25. Land attack 14 ICMP fragment 7 Smurf attack 15 Unknown protocol 8 Trace route Below shows the menu items for Firewall Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 109 Dr ay Te k 4 5 2 General Setup General Setup allows you to adjust settings of IP Filter and common options Here you can enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter Under some circumstance your filter set can be linked to work in a serial manner So here you assign the Start Filter Set only Also you can configure the Log Flag settings Apply IP filter to VPN incoming packets and Accept incoming fragmented UDP packets Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup Call Filter Enable Start Filter Set Disable Data Filter Enable Start Filter Set Disable Actions for default rule Application Action Profile Syslog Filter Pass ze IM P P Filter Mone ze URL Content Filter Mone ze m N Web Content Filter Mone ze ERIE Advance Setting Edit Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets for some games ex CS 4 Call Filter Check Enable to activate the Call Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Call Filter Data Filter Check Enable to activate the Data Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Data Filter Filter Select Pass or Block for the packets that do not match with the filter IM P2P Filter Select a CSM profile for global
26. PPPoE is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address Diagnostics gt gt Dial out Trigger Dial out Triggered Packet Header Refresh HEX Format 00 00 00 OU OU 00 00 00 00 00 OU 00 00 OO DU 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 00 UU 00 OO 00 00 00 00 00 DU DU 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Decoded Format 0 0 0 0 gt 0 0 0 0 Pr Olen O 0 Decoded Format It shows the source IP address local destination IP remote address the protocol and length of the package Refresh Click it to reload the page Dray Te k 224 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 15 2 Routing Table Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Key connected 5 static R RIP default private 192 168 10 07 255 255 255 0 via 192 168 1 2 LAN 192 168 1 07 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN 211 100 88 07 255 255 255 0 via 192 168 1 3 LAN Refresh Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 15 3 ARP Cache Table Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol cache held in the router The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address MAC Address and an IP address Diagno
27. WAN Log Others Network Information NetState Traffic Graph Time Host Message Jan 1 00 00 42 Vigor Dos syn_flood Block 10s 192 168 1 115 10605 gt 192 168 1 1 23 PR 6 tep len 20 40 5 394375 Jan 1 00 00 34 Vigor DoS iemp_flood Block 10s 192 168 1 115 gt 192 168 1 1 PR 1Gcemp len 20 60 icmp 0 8 lt ADSL Status no Dray Tek 4 6 Objects Settings For IPs in a range and service ports in a limited range usually will be applied in configuring router s settings therefore we can define them with objects and bind them with groups for using conveniently Later we can select that object group that can apply it For example all the IPs in the same department can be defined with an IP object a range of IP address 4 6 1 IP Object You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Setto Factory Default 1E 2 a 4 a G T 2 g 10 11 12 KS 14 15 16 Zeil lt lt 1 32 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 gt gt ext gt gt Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Dr ay Tek 120 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt IP Object Profile Index 1 Name Interface Address Type Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection Name Interface Address Type Start IP Address End
28. b4k bps EAR HG bos Single Codec If the box is checked only the selected Codec will be applied Packet Size The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value is 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information Packet Size Voice Active Detector This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click off to close the function Voice Active Detector Default SIP Account You can set SIP accounts up to six groups on SIP Account page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this phone setting Play dial tone only when account registered Check this box to invoke the function In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOff1 TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn and TOn2 represent sound on TOffl and TOff2 represent
29. inappropriate sometimes As a responsible parent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as productivity legal liability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be checked against our server database This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 133 Dr ay Tek Vigor router will then decide whether to allow access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for categorization Note The priority of URL Content Filter is higher than Web Content Filter 4 7 1 IM P2P Filter Profile You can define policy profiles for different policy of IM Instant Messenger P2P Peer to Peer application CSM profile can be used in Filter Setup page CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile Ih fP2P Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Defau
30. you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent 1 subnet 2 subnet Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the 1st IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Force DNS manual setting Force Vigor router to
31. 1 Subnet Mask Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface Dray Tek 214 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide DHCP Server Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface DNS Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS WAN Link Status Display current connection status MAC Address Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Connection Display the connection type IP Address Display the IP address of the WAN interface Default Gateway Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway Wireless LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN Frequency Domain It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels supported by the wireless products in different countries are various Firmware Version It indicates information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card This also helps to provide availability of some features that are bound with some WLAN miniPCi SSID Display the SSID of the router 4 14 2 TR 069 This device supports TR 069 standard It is very convenient for an administrator to manage a TR 069 device through an Auto Configuration Server e g VigorACS System Maintenance gt gt TR 069 Setting ACS and CPE Settings ACS Server On Internet ACS Server CPE Client Enable Disable Periodic Inform Settings Disable Enable Interval Time second s ACS Server On Choose the interface for th
32. 1 1a b g and 802 11n standards However the entire wireless transmission will be slowed down if 802 11g or 802 1 1b wireless client is connected Green Field to get the highest throughput please choose such mode Such mode can make the data transmission happening between 11n systems only In addition it does not have protection mechanism to avoid the conflict with neighboring devices of 802 1 1a b g 20 the router will use 20Mhz for data transmission and receiving between the AP and the stations 20 40 the router will use 20Mhz or 40Mhz for data transmission and receiving according to the station capability Such channel can increase the performance for data transit It is to assure the safety of propagation delays and reflections for the sensitive digital data If you choose auto 73 Dray Tek as guard interval the AP router will choose short guard interval increasing the wireless performance or long guard interval for data transmit based on the station capability Aggregation MSDU Aggregation MSDU can combine frames with different sizes It is used for improving MAC layer s performance for some brand s clients The default setting is Enable 3 6 6 WMM Configuration WMM 1s an abbreviation of Wi Fi Multimedia It defines the priority levels for four access categories derived from 802 1d prioritization tabs The categories are designed with specific types of traffic voice video best effort and low priority data
33. 209 4138 WMM Contigua IO MN EE 210 BN DISCOV CI EE 211 A Oe 10 SLA UN EIS leayecacsaancezscussganaes E capere soecupuaessteganarsess 212 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide vii Dr ay Tek 4 14 System Maintenance cccccsssseccccceseececcceeeecceceeeecececauseceeeeseuececessaeeeeeessageeeeessaaseeeeees 214 RM SUTIN CG 214 E RE 215 4 14 3 Administrator Haseword 216 4 14 4 e ei tele ei BACKUP ME 216 4 14 5 Syslog Wa EE 218 e E CR lee br 220 e E WANNA 1M Ctl EE 221 ATAO ee EE EE 222 4 149 Rue Wal CWO Ol Te 223 Al RI e terre 224 Aao Diaoul Ne re Te E 224 AV ae ROUNO WE E 225 ATS ARP Cache E sastceetacenceteeesaasuaceneesee ca a e aesensbenneaatenssetace 225 ER e aaa TEE 226 ATSO NAT Sessions TADE cnini T E 226 4 15 6 Data Flow den e 227 eV Ont WO EN INO EE 228 AWG UICC Ee EE 229 AD DIICATION ANG A le 231 5 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter 0000 231 5 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter 238 8 3 Q09 Seting EE 242 5 4 LAN Created by Using NAT cccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeceeeeeeeseeeaaaaaesesseeeeeeeeeeeeseseaaagas 245 5 5 Calling Scenario for VOIP FUNCTION cccceccccccececeeeeseeeceeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeseueaeeeeeeeeessaaaeeeseeeees 248 ono Rer ae grees gate lt gt ae ee ee ee ee ee eee 248 5 3 2 F CCl 10 gt F CO GAINING E 250 5 6 Upgrade Firmware Tor Your TEE 251 5 7 Request a c
34. 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization is required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will b
35. 3DES without Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme 3DES with Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm AES without Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme AES with Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and apply MDS5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm Specify mode proposal and key life of each IKE phase Gateway etc The window of advance setup is shown as below A http 192 168 1 5 IKE advanced settings Microsoft Internet Explorer IKE advanced settings IKE phase 1 mode Main mode Aggressive mode IKE phase 1 proposal DES_MD5_G1 DES_SHA1_G1 3DES_MD5_G1 DES_MD5_G2 IKE phase 2 proposal HMAC_SHAIT HMAC_MDS v IKE phase 1 key lifetime 28800 900 86400 IKE phase 2 key lifetime 3600 600 86400 Perfect Forward Secret Disable Enable Local ID IKE phase 1 mode Select from Main mode and Aggressive mode The ultimate outcome is to exchange security proposals to create a protected secure channel Main mode is more secure than Aggressive mode since more exchanges are done in a secure channel to set up the IPSec session However the Aggressive mode is faster The default value in Vigor router is Main mode IKE phase 1 proposal To propose the local available authentication schemes and encryption algorithms to the VPN peers and get
36. 4 2 3 Static Route Go to LAN to open setting page and choose Static Route LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Static Route Configuration Setto Factory Default View Routing Table Index Destination 4ddress Status Index Destination Address Status i PEF T G TTT T EA TTT 7 77 G 3 PPF T H TTT 7 4 TTT 2 CL 77 7 I TTT F 10 FER i Status v Active x Inactive Empty Index The number 1 to 10 under Index allows you to open next page to set up static route Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route Status Displays the status of the static route Viewing Routing Table Displays the routing table for your reference Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Key C connected S static R RIP default private C 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN E Add Static Routes to Private and Public Networks Here is an example of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router Assuming the Internet access has been configured and the router works properly use the Main Router to surf the Internet create a private subnet 192 168 10 0 using an internal Router A 192 168 1 2 create a public subnet 211 100 88 0 via an internal Router B 192 168 1 3 have set Main Router 192 168 1 1 as the default gateway for the Ro
37. 4 8 2 Bandwidth Limit The downstream or upstream from FTP HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs Please use Limit Bandwidth to make the bandwidth usage more efficient In the Bandwidth Management menu click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Bandwidth Limit Bandwidth Limit Enable Apply to 2nd Subnet Disable Default TX Limit kbps Default RX Limit Kbps Limitation List Index Start IF TH limit FRE limit Specific Limitation stati Pm T Limit Kbps Rex Limit Kbps Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Mote Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit bandwidth simply click Enable and set the default upstream and downstream limit Enable Disable Dray Tek Click this button to activate the function of limit bandwidth Apply to 2 Subnet Check this box to apply the bandwidth limit to the second subnet specified in LAN gt gt General Setup Click this button to close the function of limit bandwidth 142 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Default TX limit Define the default speed of the upstream for each computer in LAN Default RX limit Define the default speed of the downstream for each computer in LAN Limitation List Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Start IP Define the start IP addr
38. AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP MIDES klappe MAES Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Goto LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Brancht Call Direction Both Dial Qut Dial In C Enable this profile O Always on Netbios Naming Packet Pass O eBlock Idle Timeout 300 second s C Enable PING to keep alive 5 Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 235 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Server IP Host Name for YPN such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 208 PPP Authentication WJ Compression On Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH HighfESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Addr
39. Access group and then check whether the ISP settings are set correctly For PPPoE Users 1 Check if the Enable option is selected 2 Check if Username and Password are entered with correct values that you got from your ISP Internet Access gt gt PPPoE PPPoE Client Mode PPPoE Setup PPP MP Setup PPPoE Link Enable Disable PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP ISP Access Setup Always On Idle Timeout D second s IP Address Assignment Method IPGP WAN IP Alias _ Fixed IP Yes Ho Dynamic IP LI LI IL O Yes No Dy WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP Detect Default MAC Address Ping IP Ir Specify a MAC Address MAC Address TTL 50 zF jaa 32 7 For Static Users 1 Check if the Enable option for Broadband Access is selected Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 265 Dr ay Te k Internet Access gt gt Static or Dynamic IP Static or Dynamic IP DHCP Client Access Control WAN IP Network Settings WAN IP Alias Broadband Access GO Enable Disable EISE EE ERT eap WAN Gunhedtion Router Name LC Enable PING to keep alive Domain EE e y Required for some ISPs PING to the IP 0 0 0 0 Specify an IP address H ie D minutes IP Address 192 168 525 WAN physical type Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 168 5 1 WAN Connection Detection Default MAC Address Mode ARP Detect Specify a MAC Address Ping IP MAC Address DNS Server IP Address RIP Pro
40. Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445464748494A4B4C4D DA Dm All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use Encryption Mode For additional security of wireless access the Access Control facility allows you to restrict the network access right by controlling the wireless LAN MAC address of client Only the valid MAC address that has been configured can access the wireless LAN interface By clicking the Access Control a new web page will appear as depicted below so that you could edit the clients MAC addresses to control their access rights Wireless LAN gt Access Control Access Control Enable Access Control Dray Tek Activate MAC address filter ze MAC Address Filter MAC Address Client s MAC Address WW Attribute Ol s Isolate the station from LAN 72 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Enable Mac Access Filter MAC Addr
41. FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device may accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation KK Please visit http www draytek com user AboutRegulatory php CERTIFIED This product is designed for POTS and 2 4GHz WLAN network throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France Please see the user manual for the a
42. Filter Setup gt gt Edit Filter Set Filter Set 1 Comments Default Call Filter Filter Rule Active Comments Move Up hove Down Block NetBios Down O up Down oO up Down oO up Down O UP Down ER BR UP Down O UP Next Filter Set Filter Rule Click a button numbered 1 7 to edit the filter rule Click the button will open Edit Filter Rule web page For the detailed information refer to the following page Dray Te k 112 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Active Comment Move Up Down Next Filter Set Enable or disable the filter rule Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 23 character long Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the current filter run Do not make a loop with many filter sets To edit Filter Rule click the Filter Rule index button to enter the Filter Rule setup page Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Direction Source IF Destination IP Service Type Fragments Application Filter LAN WAN ze i TCP UDP Port from 137 129 to undefined Dont Care v Action Profile Syslog Block Immediately Si d Branch to Other Filter Set IM P P Filter URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments
43. IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection RO Department Any e EENS NR 192 166 1 75 hh Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Choose a proper interface WAN LAN or Any Interface For example the Direction setting in Edit Filter Rule will ask you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN or any IP address If you choose LAN as the Interface here and choose LAN as the direction setting in Edit Filter Rule then all the IP addresses specified with LAN interface will be opened for you to choose in Edit Filter Rule page Determine the address type for the IP address Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address only Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs within a range Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for IP address Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address Type the start IP address for Single Address type Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is selected Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected If it is checked all the IP addresses except the ones listed above will be applied later while it 1s chosen Below is an example of IP objects settings Vigor2110 Series User s Guide P Dray Tek Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Index Name TL RD Department E Finanical Dept 3 HR Department 4 4 5 2 IP Group This page allows you to bind several I
44. If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the 1st IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Force DNS manual setting Force Vigor router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you mor
45. Ir Interface Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Enable Click this to enable this entry Call Direction Determine the direction for the phone call IN incoming call OUT outgoing call IN amp OUT both incoming and outgoing calls Barring Type Determine the type of the VoIP phone call URI URL or number specitic URVURL Specific URVURL Specific Number Specific URI URL or This field will be changed based on the type you selected for Specific Number barring Type Interface All means all the phone calls will be blocked with such mechanism Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the call barring according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 3 5 2 Schedule for detailed configuration Additionally you can set advanced settings for call barring such as Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain or Block IP Address Simply click the relational links to open the web page For Block Anonymous this function can block the incoming calls without caller ID on the interface Phone port specified in the following window Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 183 Dr ay Te k VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Anonymous C Enable Interface Phonel Done Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Block the incoming calls which do not have the caller ID For Block Unknow
46. LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is Draytek We suggest you to change it LAN Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access wired PCs on LAN Member Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID not accessing for each other Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you Channel 6 2437MHz Auto Channel 1 2412MHz Channel 2 241 MHz Channel 3 2422MH2 Channel A 2427 MHz Channel 5 2452hMHz Channel 6 2437 MHz Channel 2442 MHz Channel D 2447 WiHz Channel 9 24452M1Hz Channel 10 2457 MHz Channel 11 2462 1Hz Channel 12 2467 MHz Channel 13 247 2M1Hz Channel This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync field instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync field However some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Check it to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices 200 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Packet OVERDRIVE This feature can enhance the performance in data transmission about 40 more by checking Tx Burst It is active only
47. O0bs 33 0069 31 O0ba ot n Dray Tek Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol O 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources However Queue timeout is configured for TCP protocol only session timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with the firewall rule Some on line games for example Half Life will use lots of fragmented UDP packets to transfer game data Instinctively as a secure firewall Vigor router will reject these fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets By checking this box you can play these kinds of on line games If security concern is in higher priority you cannot enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets 4 5 3 Filter Setup Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page Firewall gt gt Filter Setup Filter Setup Setto Factory Default set Comments set Comments le Default Call Filter L S Default Data Filter g d 2 4 10 3 IL To edit or add a filter click on the set number to edit the individual set The following page will be shown Each filter set contains up to 7 rules Click on the rule number button to edit each rule Check Active to enable the rule Firewall gt gt
48. Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Now you can define the name for that Class In this case Test is used as the name of Class Index 1 Dr ay Tek 146 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name DiffServ NO Status Local Address Remote Address CodePoint Service Type 1 Empty z S For adding a new rule click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT DiffServ CadePoint ANY w Service Type ANY w Note Please choose setup the Service Type first ACT Check this box to invoke these settings Local Address Click the Edit button to set the local IP address on LAN for the rule Remote Address Click the Edit button to set the remote IP address on LAN WAN for the rule Edit It allows you to edit source address information bi http 192_ 168_1_1l doc QosIpEdt htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Address Type Subnet Address v Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Address Type Determine the address type for the source address For Single Address you have to fill in Start IP address For Range Address you have to fill in Start IP address and End IP address For Subnet Address you have to fill in Start IP address and Subnet Mask DiffServ CodePoint All the packets of d
49. Sessions Specific Limitation Start end Maximum Sessions Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored i To activate the function of limit session simply click Enable and set the default session limit Enable Click this button to activate the function of limit session Disable Click this button to close the function of limit session Default session limit Defines the default session number used for each computer in LAN Limitation List Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Start IP Defines the start IP address for limit session End IP Defines the end IP address for limit session Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 141 Dr ay Tek Maximum Sessions Defines the available session number for each host in the specific range of IP addresses If you do not set the session number in this field the system will use the default session limit for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Adds the specific session limitation onto the list above Edit Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Remove Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request Setup All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page
50. TCP SYN packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent TCP SYN packets for a period defined in Timeout The goal for this is prevent the TCP SYN packets attempt to exhaust the limited resource of Vigor router By default the threshold and timeout values are set to 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets for a period defined in Timeout The default setting for threshold and timeout are 150 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense function Similar to the UDP flood defense function once if the Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the defined value the router will discard the ICMP echo requests coming from the Internet The default setting for threshold and timeout are 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively 7 Dray Tek Enable PortScan detection Block IP options Block Land Block Smurf Block trace router Block SYN fragment Block Fraggle Attack Block TCP flag scan Block Tear Drop Block Ping of Death Block ICMP Fragment Dray Tek Port Scan attacks the Vigor router by sending lots of packets to many ports in an attempt t
51. Type Object nn0000000nnnno00001annenooronnnnnnnrrornnnrrrrrrnnnnnrrerrrnnnnnnnerorennnnnrerrrennn mnene 124 4 5 4 Service Type Group 125 4 6 5 Keyword OD CCL eege gedeien GEES 126 4 5 6 Keyword Group 127 4 6 7 File Extension Ober 128 EE eege 130 LOP PODEC eege 131 4 6 10 Misc ODJOCt REENEN REENEN 132 EE EE 133 AF WANE ZEEE Proe E 134 4 7 2 URL Content Filter Profile EEN 135 4 7 3 Web Content Filter broile 139 4 6 Bandwidih MANAGSIMENT EE 141 4 8 1 SESSIONS mm 141 e EE ee Ve tu HE UE 142 4 OS QUAI OF VIC E 143 AS AD DICANONS E 150 Oe TO ANG bt TE 150 EE 152 eet 154 E EE E 155 E E 157 4 9 6 Wake on ME VE 157 AAO VPN and Remote ACCOSS i cesicsnniessancscisservsrsertwoayioraeonaiscunanduanadenntvesseasnteyaneedeeaatensidvaneswiesanes 159 AVON Ee Ce GINO E 159 Bo Oe ee Ge Me Malle Eege 159 4 10 3 IPSec General Geiup ENEE 160 4 10 4 IPSec Peer Identity EE 161 4 10 5 Remote Dial in eer REENEN 163 AIO O ECAN SHOEI EE 165 4 10 7 Connection Management 173 Ar gf ete Ee le 219 01 EE 174 GM MO CANS UNC AUC eeens i 174 4112 rusted CA Cerificate ee ee eee ene ene cee eee ee ee 176 4 T13 GEMINICALe BACKUP eccessi ATE E A 177 e E EE E E E ee E NE EEE ee eee E 177 KR ee A eee ee ee A eee 179 MN Pe OUN E 186 V2 NOUNS oO UMS ct od de bae neces aces E E E A 190 GN KE Tt 195 A13 Wireless LAN EE 196 4 13 1 Basic EE AE EEE 196 A COTS al GE 198 EE 201 ASA CCS SS e E 203 ee EE 204 ENEE 206 BW Advanced Sei EE
52. any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the following page NAT gt gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment Aux WAN IP Local IP Address Status ils V 2 2 3 V 4 de x 6 V L V H w Sla V 10 GI lt lt 1 10 11 40 gt gt Next gt gt Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services Vigor2110 Series User s Guide d Dr ay Tek NAT gt gt Open Ports gt gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable Open Ports gn Comment D WAN IP 172 16 53 229 Local Computer 192 166 1 10 Protocol Start Port End Port Protocol Start Port End Port 700 OA KE e 5 Clear Cancel HIR UEP UL UU LC Ee Enable Open Ports Check to enable this entry Comment Make a name for the defined network application service WAN IP Specify the WAN IP address that will be used for this entry This setti
53. connected to Bridge 2 through WDS links However hosts connected to Bridge 1 CANNOT communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 3 through Bridge 2 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 207 Dr ay Te k WDS Link Host with Host with _ Host with bridge Interface 1 bridge Interface 2 bridge Interface 3 Click WDS from Wireless LAN menu The following page will be shown Wireless LAN gt gt WDS Settings WDS Settings Setto Factory Default Security GO Disable WEP Pre shared Key WEP Use the same WEP key set in Security Settings performance Pre shared Key Type Repeater Key Enable Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsO1az or ORO SS EE Access Point Function Enable Disable Status LJ Send Hello message to peers Link Status Note The status is valid only when the peer also supports this function Mode Choose the mode for WDS setting Disable mode will not invoke any WDS setting Bridge mode is designed to fulfill the Dray Tek 208 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Security WEP Pre shared Key Bridge Repeater Access Point Function Status 4 13 7 Advanced Setting first type of application Repeater mode is for the second one Disable There are three types for security Disable WEP and Pre shared key The setting you choose here will make the following WEP or Pre shared key field valid or not Choose one of the
54. digest This digest will be put in the AH and transmitted along with packets On the receiving side the peer will perform the same one way hash on the packet and compare the value with the one in the AH it receives Encapsulating Security Payload ESP is a security protocol that provides data confidentiality and protection with optional authentication and replay detection service VPN and Remote Access gt gt PSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium 4H Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP Line Mapes MAES Data will be encrypted and authentic IKE Authentication Method This usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Pre Shared Key Currently only support Pre Shared Key authentication Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Retype the characters to confirm the pre shared key IPSec Security Method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple
55. draytek com valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid To Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 257 Dr ay Tek 5 8 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Server CA ServerA CA Server B User imports the certificate ED as local certificate to Vigor Router via Web GUI Gp User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it Use web browser connecting to the CA server that you would like to retrieve its CA certificate Click Retrive the CA certificate or certificate recoring list 2 Microsoft Certificate Services Microsofti Internet Explorer BRE RHE WAO BEREA IA HAH Grr O dan Ye y gue Di A AAE E hitp 172 16 2 179 certsew vger se meng v DEZ B nn ES G re 619 a Hotmail Qh Messenger 2 HAY MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task wansesssenssnssansesenssnssenssnssnsensssnsenasossnssnssnsssssnsenssnnsnseessnesnsunsenssnssnnsssasssunssnssnsssessnssnsensenssnesnasenssnsensennsnssnessnsensennsussensnssnsensensey O Request a certificate Check on a pending cer
56. entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445 202 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445464748494A4B4C4D DA Dm All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use Encryption Mode 4 13 4 Access Control For additional security of wireless access the Access Control facility allows you to restrict the network access right by controlling the wireless LAN MAC address of client Only the valid MAC address that has been configured can access the wireless LAN interface By clicking the Access Control a new web page will appear as depicted below so that you could edit the clients MAC addresses to control their access rig
57. for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Manage Wireless Stations Station List will display all the station in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN Ba Se 3 6 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information D ra y Ti e k 68 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Wireless LAN gt gt General Setup General Setting IEEE 802 11 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Indext 1 153 in Schedule Setup
58. incoming call OUT outgoing call IN amp OUT both incoming and outgoing calls Barring Type Determine the type of the VoIP phone call URI URL or number specitic URVURL Specific URVURL Specific Number Specific URI URL or This field will be changed based on the type you selected for Specific Number barring Type Interface All means all the phone calls will be blocked with such mechanism Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the call barring according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 3 5 2 Schedule for detailed configuration Additionally you can set advanced settings for call barring such as Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain or Block IP Address Simply click the relational links to open the web page For Block Anonymous this function can block the incoming calls without caller ID on the interface Phone port specified in the following window Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 53 Dr ay Te k VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Anonymous C Enable Interface Phonel Done Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Block the incoming calls which do not have the caller ID For Block Unknown Domain this function can block incoming calls through Phone port from unrecognized domain that is not specified in SIP accounts Such control also can be done based o
59. input the PIN code specified in wireless client you wish to connect and click Start PIN button The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes WDS means Wireless Distribution System It is a protocol for connecting two access points AP wirelessly Usually it can be used for the following application Provide bridge traffic between two LANs through the air Extend the coverage range of a WLAN To meet the above requirement two WDS modes are implemented in Vigor router One is Bridge the other is Repeater Below shows the function of WDS bridge interface Dray Tek 206 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide LAN The application for the WDS Repeater mode is depicted as below Ca Zen E WDS Link WDS Link Host with Host with l Host with bridge Interface 1 repeater Interface bridge Interface 2 v Ww is me ge P P a e e wa AL 1 e wm e mp SI IS mm e e e e mm e mm mm The major difference between these two modes is that while in Repeater mode the packets received from one peer AP can be repeated to another peer AP through WDS links Yet in Bridge mode packets received from a WDS link will only be forwarded to local wired or wireless hosts In other words only Repeater mode can do WDS to WDS packet forwarding In the following examples hosts connected to Bridge 1 or 3 can communicate with hosts
60. its feedback to find a match Two combinations are available for Aggressive mode and nine for Main mode We suggest you select the combination that covers the most schemes IKE phase 2 proposal To propose the local available algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Three combinations are available for both modes We suggest you select the combination that covers the most algorithms IKE phase 1 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 28800 seconds You may specify a value in between 900 and 86400 seconds IKE phase 2 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 3600 seconds You may specify a value in between 600 and 86400 seconds Perfect Forward Secret PFS The IKE Phase 1 key will be leo Dray Tek 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTR IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy C Specify Remote VPN Gateway Peer YPN Server IP orPeer ID 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP Remote Gateway IP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Nore SEAN SERIES Oyo yo o oo reused to avoid the computation complexity in phase 2 The default value is inactive this function Local ID In Aggressive mode Local ID is on behalf of the IP address while identity authenticating with remote VPN server The length of the ID is limited to 47 characters vee on off Username Passwor
61. name for such profile and check all the protocols that not allowed to be used in the host Finally click OK to save this profile Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 131 Dray Tek 4 6 10 Misc Object This page allows you to set 32 profiles for miscellaneous applications These profiles will be applied in CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile for filtering Objects Setting gt gt Misc Object Profile Misc Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 1r 2 18 3 19 4 20 J 21 G 22 f 23 amp 24 15 31 16 32 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details Applications for tunneling and streaming are listed in the page for you to choose to disallow people using Simple check the box es and then click OK Later in the CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile page you can use Misc Object drop down list to choose the proper profile configured here as the standard for the host s to follow Objects Setting gt gt Misc Object Frofile Profile Index 1 Profle Name Check for Disallow Streaming COMMS LIRTSP T Trv ntzs CI PFStream LJ PRlive L FeiDian LJuuSee LINSPlayer LJPCast LJ T Koo Sopcast LJ UBLivex LJ T UPlayer LimMySee L Joost Cl Flash ideo Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the protocols that not allowed to be used in the host Finally click OK to save this profile
62. pressing factory default setting you will loose all settings you did before Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing The password of factory default is null Software Reset You can reset the router to factory default via Web page Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page The following screen will appear Choose Using factory default configuration and click OK After few seconds the router will return all the settings to the factory settings system Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Hardware Reset While the router 1s running ACT LED blinking press the Factory Reset button and hold for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly please release the button Then the router will restart with the default configuration After restore the factory default setting you can configure the settings for the router again to fit your personal request Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 267 Dr ay Te k 6 6 Contacting Your Dealer If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts please contact your dealer for further help right away For any questions please feel free to send e mail to support draytek com Dray Tek 268 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide
63. rata org 63 Char max Act a bound proxy Deeplay Marie Jo bh 4 E D I a KK Authentication IC hi Password 63 ch Expiry Time 1 t MAT Traw uppat None m Ring Part Prone 1 Prone 2 Ring Pattern l On S Cancel John calls David He picks up the phone and dials 1111 DialPlan Phone Number for David Or He picks up the phone and dials 4321 David s Account Name VolP gt gt DialiPlan Setup Phond Book index N 1 Enable Brana F Display Ham John SIE UEL Ki mn Oray belong Daal Q coun Default se Loop through None Backup Phone Number Cema VolP SIP Accounts HP Account inidan Wo 1 Profile Hame Oraytel 1 11 char max K gator AD A Call without Registration TP Port sgg Darian Fie drape org 63 char max Dro drayielorg 6 char max O aer bound p Depla M me David j 5 TUITE Henkes a SEA 63 char max Authari ion E Ke r max Password 3 Chr mag Eupiry Tiri 1 Pour Eer MAT Traver p t None Ping Part el Phone 1 D Ring Patteri CR David calls John He picks up the phone and dials 2222 DialPlan Phone Number for John Or He picks up the phone and dials 1234 John s Account Name 249 Dray Tek 5 5 2 Peer to Peer Calling Example 3 Arnor and Paulin have Vigor routers respectively They can call each other without SIP Registrar First they must have each other s IP address and assign an Account Name for the port used for calling Arnor s SIP URL 1234 214 61 172 5
64. specify the remote node Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES This field is only applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without PSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP This field is only applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without PSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a remote Gateway PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Network IP Address Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection For IPSec this is the destination clients IDs of 171 Dray Tek More RIP Direction From first subnet to remote network you have to do Change default route to this VPN tunnel
65. two phone ports provided here for you to configure Phonel Phone2 allow you to set general settings for PSTN phones Call Feature A brief description for call feature will be shown in this field for your reference Codec The default Codec setting for each port will be shown in this field for your reference You can click the number below the Index field to change it for each phone port Tone Display the tone settings that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Gain Display the volume gain settings for Mic Speaker that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Default SIP Account draytel_1 is the default SIP account You can click the number below the Index field to change SIP account for each phone port DTMF Relay Display DTMF mode that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Symmetric RTP Check this box to invoke the function To make the data transmission going through on both ends of local router and remote router not misleading due to IP lost for example sending data from the public IP of remote router to the private IP of local router you can check this box to solve this problem Dynamic RTP Port Start Specifies the start port for RTP stream The default value is 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End Specifies the end port for RTP stream The default value is 15000 RTP TOS It decides the level of VoIP package Use the drop down list to choose any one o
66. typed in this field to invoke the function of DND Dial the number typed in this field to release the DND function Dial the number typed in this field to make your phone number ID not displayed on the display panel of remote end Dial the number typed in this field to release this function 55 Dray Tek Call Waiting Act Call Waiting Deact Block Anonymous Act Block Anonymous Deact Block Unknown Domain Act Block Unknown Domain Deact Block IP Calls Act Block IP Calls Deact Block Last Calls Act PSTN Setup Dial the number typed in this field to make all the incoming calls waiting for your answer Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls with unknown ID Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls from unknown domain Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls from IP address Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Dial the number typed in this field to block the last incoming phone call Some emergency phone e g 911 or special phone cannot be dialed out by using VoIP and can be called out through PSTN line only To solve this problem this page allows you to set five sets of PSTN number for dialing
67. when both sides of Access Point and Station in wireless client invoke this function at the same time That is the wireless client must support this feature and invoke the function too Note Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function Therefore you can use and install it into your PC for matching with Packet OVERDRIVE refer to the following picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window choose Enable for TxBURST on the tab of Option igor N61 802 11n Wireless USB Adapter Utility Configuration Status General Setting Advance Setting Auto launch when Windows start up C Disable Radio C Remember mini status position Fragmentation Threshold 83 4B C Auto hide mini status RTS Threshold 2347 C Set mini status always on top Repeat 902 11b gin 2 4GH C Enable IP Setting and Proxy Setting in Profile Ad hoc Channel 1 v C Grup Roaming eh ee Power Save Mode Tx Burst WLAN type to connect Infrastructure and Ad hoc network Infrastructure network only O Adhoc network only C Automatically connect to non preferred networks Rate Control It controls the data transmission rate through wireless connection Upload Check Enable and type the transmitting rate for data upload Default value is 30 000 kbps Download Type the transmitting rate for data download Default value is 30 000 kbps 4 13 3 Security This page allows you to set security with different modes f
68. window 11s Dray Tek Example As stated before all the traffic will be separated and arbitrated using on of two IP filters call filter or data filter You may preset 12 call filters and data filters in Filter Setup and even link them in a serial manner Each filter set is composed by 7 filter rules which can be further defined After that in General Setup you may specify one set for call filter and one set for data filter to execute first Dray Tek Firewall gt gt General Setup Goreral Setup Gall Piller ei Enable 3 Disable Data Filter Enable L 7 Dret e Actions fer daslaglt rile Application Action Profile Filter Pasa Firewall gt gt Filter Setup NI Fiber None URL Caniat Elter Mone Filter Sel Wel Content Elter Hona a SE kg mt z het i Default Call Filter L Advanoe Setting Edd Default Data F ter 4 d EA bal Accent large Incoming fragmanted UDE or IGMP packers for same d 5 L i te D fy F Firewall zz Filter Setup gt Edit Filters Fillor Sou 1 Connrrasniis Ly Move Down Firewall gt Edit Filter Set gt Edit Filter Rule iter Rela Comments G Mova Up Bock HMet ios Filter Sot 1 Pale 1 kal Cheek ta enable the Filter n Content Block Mies Indew i 15 nm Schedule Setup Direction LAN gt WAN Source IP Any L estmaton P Any Ok Ciar Cancel Service Type TCRVWOP Port freen 1a to undeSinend Fragments Dani C ag k Application Acti
69. xv Setto Factory Default Mame status TTT r TTT r TTT 2 TTT K TTT K TTT E TTT K TTT 2 TTT r TTT r TTT K TTT K TTT 2 TTT r TTT 26 TTT K Indicate the name of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Indicate the status of individual profiles The symbol V and X represent the profile to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit each profile and you will get the following page Each LAN to LAN profile includes 4 subgroups If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanations will guide you to fill all the necessary fields For the web page is too long we divide the page into several sections for explanation Dray Tek 166 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name C Enable this profile Netbios Naming Packet Pass 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2ETP with IPSec Policy Server IP Host Name for VPN Block Call Direction Both Bial out Dial In O Always on 300 Idle Timeout second s C Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP fe PARICHAP ze on off Username Password PPP Authentication VI Compression IKE Authentication Method such as Oravtek Com or 123 45 67 89 po Profile Name Enable this profile Netbios Naming Packet
70. you choose using digits 0 9 and The Caller D that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen This let your friend can easily know who s calling without memorizing lots of SIP URL Address Enter your friend s SIP Address Choose one of the SIP accounts for this profile to dial out It is useful for both sides caller and callee that registered to different SIP Registrar servers If caller and callee do not use the same SIP server sometimes the VoIP phone call connection may not succeed By using the specified dial out account the successful connection can be assured The selection should be as the following Loop through Backup Phone Number When the VoIP phone is obstructs or the Internet breaks down for some reasons the backup phone will be dialed out to replace the VoIP phone number At this time the phone call will be changed from VoIP phone into PSTN call according to the loop through direction chosen Note that during the phone switch the blare of phone will appear for a short time And when the VoIP phone is switched into the PSTN phone the telecom co might charge you for the connection fee Please type in backup phone number PSTN for this VoIP phone setting For the convenience of user this page allows users to edit prefix number for the SIP account with adding number stripping number or replacing number It is used to help user having a quick and easy way to dial out through VoIP interface
71. you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Manage Wireless Stations Station List will display all the station in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN Tete IR ke 2 dl WW Ti Ti ie wit ee EE CRW IATM 4 13 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information D ra y Ti e k 198 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Wireless LAN gt gt General Setup General Setting IEEE 802 11 3 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Mixed 1b 11g 11ni ze Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Only schedule profiles that have the action Force Down are applied ta the WLAN all other actions are ignored Enable Hide SSID SSID Isolate LAN Member a or 2c T O Sd Hide SSID Prevent SSID from being scanned Isolate Member Wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access for each other Isolate LAN Wireless clients statians with the same SSID cannot access wired PCs on LAN Channel Channel 6 2437 MHz e Long Preamble C Long Preamble necessary for some old 802 11 b devices only lower performance Packet OVERDRIVE C Tx Burst Note The same technology must also be supported in clients to boost WLAN performance Date Control Enable Upload Download SS
72. 0 7F 94 32 70 Link Status Connected ist IP Address 192 168 1 5 MAC Address 00 S50 7F 94 32 71 ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connection DHCP Client DHCP Server Yes IP Address 192 168 5 26 DNS 172 16 3 18 Default Gateway 192 168 5 1 YoIP Wireless LAN Port Profile Reg In Out MAC Address 00 50 7f 9a 32 70 Phonel No ozo Frequency Domain Europe Phone2 No 0 0 Firmware Version 1 8 1 0 SSID DrayTek 3 1 Internet Access Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to Internet Access group 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 25 Dr ay Te k From 10 0 0 0 to 10
73. 0 Series User s Guide 5 Dr ay Tek 1 2 3 For Vigor2110Vn e LED Status Explanation Activity normally _ WLAN Ia through Ge Il wan On The port is connected bd KE em USB i The data is transmitting Phonel Pones y A phone call comes Line A PSTN phone call comes in and out However when the phone call is disconnected the LED will be off about six seconds later O H l I There is no PSTN phone call The WPS is on On Off On The WPS is off On Off WPS Blinking Waiting for wireless client sending requests for connection about two minutes WPS Button Press this button for 2 seconds to wait for client device making network connection through WPS When the LED lights up the WPS will be on Off o The WPS is off Blinking Waiting for wireless client sending requests for connection about two minutes Interface Description WLAN Press the button once to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection WAN Connector for accessing the Internet LAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices USB Connecter for USB storage Pen Driver Mobile HD or printer Dr ay Tek 6 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Oo et p Domatt Factory G o S Aora Phone Pepe Pir Interface Description Line Connector for PSTN life line Phone2 Phonel Connecter of analog phone for VoIP communication Factory Reset Restore the
74. 000 kbps Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 E mail 7 oe Class 2 HTTPS 25 leg Class 3 o Others 25 fe Enable UDF Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio 3 C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Online Statistics 8 Ifthe worker has connected to the headquarter using host to host VPN tunnel Please refer to Chapter 3 VPN for detail instruction he may set up an index for it Enter the Class Name of Index 3 In this index he will set reserved bandwidth for 1 VPN tunnel Dray Te k 244 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide VPN Tunnel Private Network Cooperate Network 192 168 1 0 192 168 2 0 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 3 Name Status Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoaint Empty 5 9 Click Edit to open the following window Check the ACT box first Service Type Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePaoint IP precedence 2 wi Service Type oY SLOG UDP 514 Mote Please choose setup the Service Type first 10 Then click Edit of Local Address to set a worker s subnet address Click Edit of Remote Address to set headquarter s IP address Leave other fields and click OK 5 4 LAN Created by Using NAT An example of default setting and the corresponding deployment are shown below The default Vigor router private IP address Subnet Mask is 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 The bui
75. 10 Series User s Guide Txop ACM AckPolicy 3 6 7 Station List ranging from 1 to 15 Be aware that CWMax value must be greater than CW Min or equals to CWMin value Both values will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories The difference between AC_VI and AC_VO categories must be smaller however the difference between AC_BE and AC_BK categories must be greater It means transmission opportunity For WMM categories of AC_VI and AC_VO that need higher priorities in data transmission please set greater value for them to get highest transmission opportunity Specify the value ranging from 0 to 65535 It is an abbreviation of Admission control Mandatory It can restrict stations from using specific category class if it is checked Note Vigor2820 provides standard WMM configuration in the web page If you want to modify the parameters please refer to the Wi Fi WMM standard specification Uncheck default value the box means the AP router will answer the response request while transmitting WMM packets through wireless connection It can assure that the peer must receive the WMM packets Check the box means the AP router will not answer any response request for the transmitting packets It will have better performance with lower reliability Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Ac
76. 3 Settings for Arnor DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 1111 Display Name paulin SIP URL 4321 203 69 175 24 SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name Paulin Register via None SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm blank Proxy blank Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name Arnor Account Name 1234 Authentication ID unchecked Password blank Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Settings for Paulin DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 2222 Display Name Arnor SIP URL 1234 214 61 172 53 SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name Arnor Register via None SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm blank Proxy blank Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name Paulin Acco4unt Name 4321 Authentication ID unchecked Password blank Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTMEF Use default value Dray Tek Paulin s SIP URL 4321 203 69 175 24 VolP gt gt DialFlan Setup Erabie Phone Humber iiti Display Hame pauhr SIP UAL 4321 n 20368 17824 Dal Out Account Detaylt Loop through Nore we fackup Phone Number ko Ces Cancel VolP gt gt SIP Accounts HIP Acco lide bn 1 Profy Asp Paulin 11 char max Rogie tars Auto Call without Registration SP Part 2060 D veal 3 Promy 62 char rae L ER as outbound proxy play Hafta A har m bbiun Murik T244 63 char max i OI Authentication 10 63 char ma 63 char max Arnor c
77. 35 240 207 aS Public IP Address r N Private Subn Router IP What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other What is Static Route When you have several subnets in your LAN sometimes a more effective and quicker way for connection is the Static routes function rather than other method You may simply set rules to forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence of RIP What are Virtual LANs and Rate Control You can group local hosts by physical ports and create up to 4 virtual LANs To manage the communication between different groups please set up rules in Virtual LAN VLAN function and the rate of each Internet Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 91 Dr ay Te k 4 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration For WAT Usage Enable Server Disable Server Ist IP Address Relay Agent list Subnet 2nd Subnet ist Subnet Mask Start IP Address For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable IP Pool Counts end IP Address Gateway IP Address 2nd
78. 5 for E mail using protocol POP3 and SMTP Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 E mail Class 2 25 o Class 3 25 o Others CG f C Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio CG 36 O Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Online Statistics Cancel Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 243 Dr ay Te k 5 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 2 by clicking Edit link In this index the user will set reserved bandwidth for HTTPS And click OK Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 2 Harme HTTPS DiffServ g NO Status Local Address Remote Address CodePoint Service Type 1 Active Any Any ANY TFTPEUDP 693 6 Click Setup link for WAN Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Status Bandwidth Directon SC pa Others aE aren Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Both 25 25 25 25 Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 E mail Edit Class 2 HTTPS Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 7 Check Enable UDP Bandwidth Control on the bottom to prevent enormous UDP traffic of VoIP influent other application Click OK Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10
79. Act Block Last Calls Act Last Call Return Miss Last Call Return In Last Call Return Out Call Forward All Act Call Forward Deact Call Forward Busy Act Setto Factory Default 12 Last Call Return Gut 14 2 tnumbert Call Forward Deact 73 l 0 number Call Forward No Ans Act 02 enumbert 78 L Do Not Disturb Deact 79 le Hide caller ID Deact Ep e 56 Call Waiting Deact d zz ke Black Anonymous Deact oe 2 Block Unknow Domain mm ie Deact ya CU Block IP Calls Deact US 2 Sometimes people might miss some phone calls Please dial number typed in this field to know where the last phone call comes from and call back to that one You have finished an incoming phone call however you want to call back again for some reason Please dial number typed in this field to call back to that one Dial the number typed in this field to call the previous outgoing phone call again Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place Dial the number typed in this field to release the call forward function Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place while the phone is busy Call Forward No Ans Act Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming Do Not Disturb Act Do Not Distrub Deact Hide caller ID Act Hide caller I
80. Close The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 45 Dray Tek Advanced Settings WEE EEN TS ET Cy General Services l _ og Select the services running op your network that Internet users can access O Ftp Exarnple menmesar 192 168 29 11 131735 60654 UDF menmegr 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDF This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a menmsgr 192 169 29 11 2789 63231 TCP shared connection on another computer Show icon in notification area when connected Settings The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and he
81. D Deact Vigor2110 Series User s Guide calls to the specified place while there is no answer of the connected phone Dial the number typed in this field to invoke the function of DND Dial the number typed in this field to release the DND function Dial the number typed in this field to make your phone number ID not displayed on the display panel of remote end Dial the number typed in this field to release this function 13s Dray Tek Call Waiting Act Call Waiting Deact Block Anonymous Act Block Anonymous Deact Block Unknown Domain Act Block Unknown Domain Deact Block IP Calls Act Block IP Calls Deact Block Last Calls Act PSTN Setup Dial the number typed in this field to make all the incoming calls waiting for your answer Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls with unknown ID Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls from unknown domain Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls from IP address Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Dial the number typed in this field to block the last incoming phone call Some emergency phone e g 911 or special phone cannot be dialed out by u
82. DES 3DES and AES 4 10 4 IPSec Peer Identity To use digital certificate for peer authentication in either LAN to LAN connection or Remote User Dial In connection here you may edit a table of peer certificate for selection As shown below the router provides 32 entries of digital certificates for peer dial in users Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 161 Dr ay Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity x909 Peer ID Accounts Index Name PoeeeseRPESErrPrePrrerper ca Set to Factory Default Index Name Status Index Name Hie Pea Iw Iw e Iw If Iw Ia Ia Iw CP Se je je In pee Ga P Jee IEN 163 JE Iess J zl K l J ES Ea a Ea xv Ba Ba E E ee ee i Pal Iech E J J J Click it to clear all indexes Set to Factory Default Status So West Sc Pest St ez Ss Pes SZ Pes SZ za pest Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of IPSec Peer Identity Display the profile name of that index Click each index to edit one peer digital certificate There are three security levels of digital signature authentication Fill each necessary field to authenticate the remote peer The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Dray Tek VPN and Remote Access gt gt PSec Peer Identity Profile Index 1 Profile Name fe Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Type IP Accept Subject Nam
83. Default Index Comment Aux WAN IP Local IP Address Status ule w A Fs 3 x 4 a GI 6 V L V H w ZE V 10 GI lt lt 1 10 11 40 gt gt Next gt gt Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 105 Dr ay Te k Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services NAT gt gt Open Ports gt gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable Open Ports DU Comment P2 WAN IP 172 16 3 229 Local Computer 192 163 1 10 Protocal Start Port End Port Protocol Start Port End Port 4700 re A DI mee Enable Open Ports Check to enable this entry Comment Make a name for the defined network application service WAN IP Specify the WAN IP address that will be used for this entry This setting is available when WAN IP Alias is configured Local Computer Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this butto
84. Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default RIP Protocol Control Disable 1st Subnet 2nd Subnet 1st Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the Ist subnet with neighboring routers 2nd Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the 2nd subnet with neighboring routers 34 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide DHCP Server Configuration DNS Server Configuration Vigor2110 Series User s Guide DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent 1 subnet 2 subnet Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses
85. Download CA certificate Now you should get a certificate cer file and save it 5 Back to Vigor router go to Local Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and Dray Tek 256 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide you will find the below window showing BEGINE CERTIFICATE j Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Mame Subject Status Modify Local C TWY ST HC LSHC O Draytek a Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH 42509 Local Certificate HITBQ CCARNC AGAwajELNARGALUEBRNCVF exc zAIBQNVB AgTAKhDMNGs wCOYDVOOH EwJ IOZEQMA4GA1UEChMHRHJhe ZR lazELMAKGALUECHMCUKOxI 4 AgBgkqhkiGowOB COEWESN1cHBvcnRAZHJhe ZR layS jb2Z0wgZ8wDOvd Ko 2 lhyvcNAQEBBOADGYOAMIGI LOGBALMJdTaqftFS7FEpYy lqedVIGusht qc ert wi yTUSHQvEpazcrgdBGrikTUBX alx fqnEccQa2 LPSOLOSsSoychwqO07BmMOEDS LOwHwCalazZQoGyIiODMC7ESwoxad motOf4x 2400n7 2e8qciCOb I LlisasahhLocelsynzhkognQloWsuF aghbasacgaDanaqkyg hkiGOIWOB AUF AsO go gi sdw c 1toqn4saese BISsVeurdHartsseUnalrd cetCmors Syo HpstNsnsthuawGekcucessy qLtHhr iceMoToorx y LUdakPUSLar yBEEg c 9st eorpDal rCozwClrattekimPqhoiytqebest TESvULilxmyaBbye LAWFSEXEVLU7g D You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Name Local Issuer i USICh vigor Subject ferailAddress press draytek comc Tid Draytek SES ONS
86. Dray Tek 18 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 1 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTP Static IP DHCP 2 4 2 PPPoE PPPoE stands for Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet It relies on two widely accepted standards PPP and Ethernet It connects users through an Ethernet to the Internet with a common broadband medium such as a single DSL line wireless device or cable modem All the users over the Ethernet can share a common connection PPPoE is used for most of DSL modem users All local users can share one PPPoE connection for accessing the Internet Your service provider will provide you information about user name password and authentication mode If your ISP provides you the PPPoE connection please select PPPoE for this router The following page will be shown Quick Start Wizard PPPoE Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the user name and password provided by your ISP User Name 123 User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Confirm Password Retype the password Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 19 Dr ay Te k Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPPoE Click Back to modify changes if necessar
87. Fi Multimedia It defines the priority levels for four access categories derived from 802 1d prioritization tabs The categories are designed with specific types of traffic voice video best effort and low priority data There are four accessing categories AC_BE AC_BK AC_VI and AC_VO for WMM APSD automatic power save delivery is an enhancement over the power save mechanisms supported by Wi Fi networks It allows devices to take more time in sleeping state and consume less power to improve the performance by minimizing transmission latency Such function is designed for mobile and cordless phones that support VoIP mostly Wireless LAN gt gt WMM Configuration Whi Configuration WWMM Capable APSD Capable Setto Factory Default Enable Disable Enable Disable wW Parameters of Access Point Aifsn AC_BE AC BK AC vi AC VO wW Parameters of Station Aifsn WMM Capable Dray Tek CW Min CWhlax Txop ACM AckPolicy e fe D z p__j o R S S S S CW Min CwWhlax Txop ACM o R o E S m To apply WMM parameters for wireless data transmission please click the Enable radio button 210 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide APSD Capable Aifsn CWMin CW Max Txop ACM AckPolicy 4 13 9 AP Discovery The default setting is Disable It controls how long the client waits for each data transmission Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Such parameter will influence the time delay for WMM acce
88. ID 1 m bo Je bo Je SSID 2 RS bont Tue ot Tue SSID 3 o Je bon Je SSID 4 E 0o00 kbps ooo kbps Mote range 100 50 000 kbps Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function Mode At present the router can connect to Mixed 11b 11g 11g Only 11b Only Mixed 11g 11n 11n Only and Mixed 11b 11g 11n stations simultaneously Simply choose Mix 11b 11g 11n mode Mixed 11b 11g 11n ze 11b Only 11g Only Tin Only Mixed 1 1b 11 q Tr Note You should also set RADIUS Server simultaneously if 11g Only 11b Only or 11n Only mode is selected Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 199 Dr ay Te k Index 1 15 Hide SSID SSID Isolate Channel Long Preamble Dray Tek Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site surveying The system allows you to set four sets of SSID for different usage In default the first set of SSID will be enabled You can hide it for your necessity Means the identification of the wireless
89. IM P2P application blocking All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the CSM profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of CSM profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 4 14 4 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information URL Content Filter Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It Dr ay Tek 110 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Web Content Filter Syslog Advance Setting Vigor2110 Series User s Guide will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 4 14 4 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 4 14 4 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information For troub
90. Index 1 15 Direction Source Destination IP Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Check this box to enable the filter rule Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 14 character long Set PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work Set the direction of packet flow LAN gt WAN WAN SLAN It is for Data Filter only For the Call Filter this setting is not available since Call Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the source destination IP or IP ranges To set the IP address manually please choose Any Address Single Address Range Address Subnet Address as the Address Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the IP range from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects 113 Dray Tek Service Type Dray Tek as the Address Type Group and Objects ze Any Address single Address Range Address subnet Address Group and Objects From the IP Group drop down list choose the one that you want to apply Or use the IP Object drop down list to choose the object that you want Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a suitable service type hitp 192 168 1 5 Service Type Edit Microsoft Inte
91. No 1 C Enable Mode Service Name Protacal WAN IF Public Port Private IP Ili Private Port Note In Range Mode the End IP will be calculated automatically once the Public Port and Start IP have been entered Enable Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Mode Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP automatically Service Name Enter the description of the specific network service Protocol Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP WAN IP Select the WAN IP used for port redirection There are eight WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port redirection The default setting is All which means all the incoming data from any port will be redirected to specified range of IP address and port Public Port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Private IP Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will se
92. Off The router is powered off CSM On The profile s of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P URL Web Content Filter application can be enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile must be established under CSM menu WAN The WAN port is connected The port is connected LAN 1 2 3 4 Off The port is disconnected USB The data is transmitting VPN QoS The QoS function is active DoS O The DoS DDoS function is active oe It will blink while detecting an attack WCF The profile s of CSM Content Security Management for Web Content Filter application can be enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile must be established under CSM menu Interface Description WAN Connector for accessing the Internet LAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices USB Connecter for USB storage device Pen Driver Mobile HD or printer 2 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide ITU a m WIGLES Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration PWR Connector for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 3 Dr ay Te k 1 2 2 For Vigor2110n LED Status Explanation ACT Blinking The router is power
93. P pe Type 8 63 ASCI character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsOla or Ox65S5abed Encryption Mode key l Key zi key 3i key A For 64 bit WEP key Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example AB312 or Ox41423353132 For 128 bit WEP key Type 13 ASCII character or 26 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example O123456789abc or 0 3031352335343556373839414243 Mode Vigor2110 Series User s Guide peer OE a per S E mor S O There are several modes provided for you to choose Mode Disable Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA2 PSK Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be entered in PSK 11 Dray Tek WPA WEP 3 6 4 Access Control The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK
94. P Port Interface Refresh 4 15 6 Data Flow Monitor It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC It indicates the temporary port of the router used for NAT It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote host It displays the representing number for different interface Click it to reload the page This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data in an interval of several seconds The IP address listed here is configured in Bandwidth Management You have to enable IP bandwidth limit and IP session limit before invoke Data Flow Monitor If not a notification dialog box will appear to remind you enabling it Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page You can click IP Address TX rate RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display Diagnostics gt gt Data Flow Monitor Enable Data Flow Monitor Index IP Address Refresh Seconds Page Refresh TX rate Kbps RX rate Kbps Sessions Action Mote 1 Click Black ta prevent specified PC from surfing Internet for 5 minutes 2 The IP blocked by the router will be shown in red and the session column will display the remaining time that the specified IP will be blocked Enable Data Flow Monitor Refresh Seconds Refresh Index IP Address Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Check this box to enable this function Use the drop down list to choose the time interv
95. P objects into one IP group Objects Setting gt gt IP Group IP Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name a b a Be e Is Is Is Is Pet Iw Is ak S e S s e A S A e e S e e eA ee eEBRE BrP enpe ee e Npr 2 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Dray Tek 122 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt IP Group Profile Index 1 Interface Available IP Objects Selected IP Objects 1 FD Department 2 Finanical Dept 3 HF Department Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Interface Choose WAN LAN or Any to display all the available IP objects with the specified interface Available IP Objects All the available IP objects with the specified interface chosen above will be shown in this box Selected IP Objects Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 123 Dr ay Te k 4 6 3 Service Type Object You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Service Type Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name Re ad a bw IM Iw Iw Iw Ia PP Is esch Pa Je IECH LE ED ies 3 ID Is IA a e JE IO JE N e bleble e m e e e e m e 2 33 54 65 96 gt gt Next gt gt tate Pd LE Set to Factory Default C
96. Packet Size Ti Out a0 elas 2 SSC Default SIP Account TT DND Do Not Disturb Mode Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup e Mote Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored O Play dial tone only when account registered Index 1 60 in Phone Book as Exception List JCT C CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 191 Dray Tek Hotline Session Timer Call Forwarding DND Do Not Disturb mode CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Prefer Codec Dray Tek Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed automatically There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call forwarding function Always means all the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL without any reason Busy means the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL only when the local system is busy No Answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the time out Disable Mo Answer SIP URL Type in the SIP URL eg aaa draytel org or abc iptel org as the site for call forwarded Time Out Set the time out for the call forwarding The default setting is 30 sec Set a period of peace tim
97. Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field DNS Server IP Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Address Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future 3 1 4 PPTP L2TP To use PPTP L2TP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose PPTP L2TP from Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown Dray Tek 30 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Internet Access gt gt PPTP PPTP Client Mode PPTP Setup PPP Setup PPTP Link Enable Disable PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP ze r ISP Access Setup Idle Timeout D second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IF Fixed IP Address fs Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup WAN IP Network Settings SC Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address ID Address 172 165 2239 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Username EE PPTP Setup Enable Click this radio button to enable a PPTP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Disable Click this radio button to close the connection throu
98. Subnet Mask DHCP Server IP Address Jnd Subnet DHCP Server UF RAV AJAR DNS Server IP Address RIF Protocol Control C Force ONS manual setting Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Ist IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Ist Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 For IP Routing Usage Click Enable to invoke this function The default setting is Disable 2 IP Address Type in secondary IP address for connecting to a subnet Default 192 168 2 1 24 297 Subnet Mask An address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 2 DHCP Server You can configure the router to serve as a DHCP server for the 2nd subnet Dr ay Tek 92 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide RIP Protocol Control DHCP Server Configuration Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Z http 192 168 1 5 Router Web Configurator Microsoft Internet Explorer DER 2nd DHCP Server IP Pool Counts bo mas 10 Index Matched MAC Address given IP Address MAC Address ee ee Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the starting IP address must be 220 135 240 2 or greater but smaller than 220 135 240 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the number of IP addresses in th
99. TP site is ftp draytek com Click System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade to launch the Firmware Upgrade Utility system Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmware Upgrade Select a firmware file J Click Upgrade to upload the file Upgrade TFTP Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware Version 3 3 0_RC5 Firmware Upgrade Procedures 1 Click OK to start the TFTP server 2 Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other 3 party TFTP client software 3 Check that the firmware filename is correct 4 Click Upgrade on the Firmware Upgrade Utility to start the upgrade bk After the upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automatically stop running Do you want to upgrade firmware 7 VK OK Click OK The following screen will appear Please execute the firmware upgrade utility first system Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade AN TFTP server is running Please execute 4 Firmware Upgrade Utility software to upgrade router s firmware This server will be closed by itself when the firmware upgrading finished For the detailed information about firmware update please go to Chapter 5 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 223 Dr ay Te k 4 15 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics 4 15 1 Dial out Trigger Click Diagnostics and click Dial out Trigger to open the web page The internet connection e g
100. There are four accessing categories AC BE AC_BK AC_VI and AC_VO for WMM APSD automatic power save delivery is an enhancement over the power save mechanisms supported by Wi Fi networks It allows devices to take more time in sleeping state and consume less power to improve the performance by minimizing transmission latency Such function is designed for mobile and cordless phones that support VoIP mostly Wireless LAN gt gt WMM Configuration WM Configuration Setto Factory Default WMM Capable Enable Disable APSO Capable Enable Disable WM Parameters of Access Point Aifsn CWMin CWhlax Txop ACM AckPolicy acte e IK o o acK oO p Ac vi no og ac vo o oo Wir Parameters of Station Aifsn CW Min CwWhax Txop ACM ac 8e s o Ac ok Ss oO acy S ac vo A WMM Capable To apply WMM parameters for wireless data transmission please click the Enable radio button APSD Capable The default setting is Disable Aifsn It controls how long the client waits for each data transmission Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Such parameter will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories For the service of voice or video image please set small value for AC_VI and AC_VO categories For the service of e mail or web browsing please set large value for AC_BE and AC_BK categories CWMin CWMax CWMin means contention Window Min and CWMax means contention Window Max Please specify the value Dr ay Tek 74 Vigor21
101. Vigor2110 Series Broadband Firewall Router User s Guide Version 1 01 Date 03 07 2009 Dr ay Tek ii Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Copyright Information Copyright Declarations Trademarks Copyright 2009 All rights reserved This publication contains information that is protected by copyright No part may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders The following trademarks are used in this document Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp kt Windows Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers Safety Instructions and Approval Safety Instructions Warranty Be a Registered Owner Firmware amp Tools Updates Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the router The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized and qualified personnel Do not try to open or repair the router yourself Do not place the router in a damp or humid place e g a bathroom The router should be used in a sheltered area within a temperature range of 5 to 40 Celsius Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or
102. address of the wireless LAN It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels supported by the wireless products in different countries are various It indicates information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card This also helps to provide availability of some features that are bound with some WLAN miniPC1i Display the SSID of the router This page allows you to set new password for user operation Vigor2110 Series User s Guide r Dray Tek system Maintenance gt gt User Password User Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is blank Type in new password in this field Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again 3 3 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from system Maintenance gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time 2009 Mar 27 Fri amp 32 6 Inquire Time Time Setup Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Client Server IP Address Time Zone Enable Daylight Saving Automatically Update Interval Current System Time Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Time Protocol Server IP Address Time Zone Enable Daylight Saving Automatically Update Interv
103. al Click OK to save these settings Dray Tek pool_ntp org GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin LJ Click Inquire Time to get the current time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Select a time protocol Type the IP address of the time server Select the time zone where the router is located Check the box to activate daylight saving function Such feature is useful for some areas Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server 78 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 3 7 4 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router for using current configuration Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page system Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Click OK The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click OK to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpect errors of the router in the future Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 79 Dray Tek 3 8 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnos
104. al of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Refresh Seconds Click this link to refresh this page manually Display the number of the data flow Display the IP address of the monitored device 227 Dray Tek TX rate kbps Display the transmission speed of the monitored device RX rate kbps Display the receiving speed of the monitored device Sessions Display the session number that you specified in Limit Session web page Action Block can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet within 5 minutes ge 1 Si Refresh ah w Sessions Action H Block Unblock the device with the IP address will be blocked in five minutes The remaining time will be shown on the session column qe Refresh Sessions Action blocked 298 Unblock 4 15 7 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN to ping through please select Unspecified IP Address o Host IP Ping ta Run Gateway Result Clear Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you want to ping IP Address Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Dr ay Tek 228 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Clear Click this link t
105. alls Paulin He picks up the phone and dials 1111 DialPlan Phone Number for Arnor VWolP gt gt DislFlan Setup bei Emable Phone Number Detplay Mane Amar DP RL SEN ip 21461 1723 Dea Out Acco Delai e Loop thrguyh Hone Backue F li Op Cls Eaa VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account indes No 1 Proha Hairi iv fli char maw Ranges baer AUTO e Call without Registration SIP Port S060 Domaum Pealm Proxy 63 char maw ACE as outbound Pro Gr play Name Paulin 22 char max Account Humber hemg 1 63 Chr man Kutter tes aber ID 6a Char ran Password LELLI ez char max kv Tene i mp 2 sag NaT Travgrsal Support None Ring Part bai Fnene 1 Phone 2 Ring Pattem Oe Paulin calls Arnor He picks up the phone and dials 2222 DialPlan Phone Number for John 250 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 5 6 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools l 2 3 de 8 Insert CD of the router to your CD ROM From the webpage please find out Utility menu and click it On the webpage of Utility click Install Now under Syslog description to install the corresponding program Please remember to set as follows in your DrayTek Router e server IP Address IF address of the PC that runs the syslog e Port Number Default value 514 Install Now The file RTSxxx exe wil
106. alm Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP registrar server Proxy Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP proxy server Account Name Display the account name of SIP address before Ring Port Specify which port will ring when receiving a phone call STUN Server Type in the IP address or domain of the STUN server External IP Type in the gateway IP address SIP PING interval The default value is 150 sec It is useful for a Nortel server NAT Traversal Support Status Show the status for the corresponding SIP account R means such account is registered on SIP server successfully means the account is failed to register on SIP server Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 57 Dray Te k VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name Register via SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy fs 11 char max TT Call without Registration 4 6683 char max PO 68 char max L Act as outbound proxy Display Name Account Number Name C Authentication ID Password Expiry Time NAT Traversal Support Ring Port Ring Pattern Profile Name Register via SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy Act as Outbound Proxy Display Name Account Number Name Authentication ID Dray Tek ss 23 char max e ie char max Ps 63 char max Lien char max L Phone 1 Phone 2 Assign a name for this profile for identifying You can type similar name with the domain For example if the domain name is drayt
107. am speed and reserved bandwidth to downstream speed Check this and set the limited bandwidth ratio on the right field This is a protection of TCP application traffic since UDP application traffic such as streaming video will exhaust 14s Dray Tek lots of bandwidth Outbound TCP ACK The difference in bandwidth between download and upload Prioritize are great in ADSL2 environment For the download speed might be impacted by the uploading TCP ACK you can check this box to push ACK of upload faster to speed the network traffic Limited_bandwidth Ratio The ratio typed here is reserved for limited bandwidth of UDP application Online Statistics Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Online Statistics Refresh Interval 5 NW seconds Refresh Index Direction Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Outbound Throughput Bytes sec 2 OUT 25 0 a OUT 25 o 4 OUT Others 25 0 Outbound Status Others 0 5 10 Bps Edit the Class Rule for QoS The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity To add edit or delete the class rule please click the Edit link of that one Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Status Bandwidth Directon Gebees Others enum 1 2 a Control Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 259 25 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Name
108. aming Packet Pass O Block the selected Dial Out method Branchi Call Direction Idle Tirmeout 300 PING to the IP Both Dial Out Dial In O Always on second s C Enable PING to keep alive Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection 232 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling PPTR Username Password IPSec Tunnel PPP Authentication L2TP with IPSec Policy VI Compression on Off Server IP Host Name for VPN such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 155 240 210 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signaturefs 5095 IPSec Security Method Medium AH HighfESP3 Indes 1 15 in Schedule Setup If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling Username draytek PPTP Password IPSec Tunnel PPP Authentication PARICHAP ze L TP with IPSec Policy on off VI Compression Server IP Host Name for YPM such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 155 240 210 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key
109. an type port number after the domain name to specify that port as the destination of data transmission e g nat draytel org 5065 Check this box to make the proxy acting as outbound proxy The caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen Enter your account name of SIP Address e g every text before Check the box to invoke this function and enter the name or number used for SIP Authorization with SIP Registrar If this setting value is the same as Account Name it is not necessary for you to check the box and set any value in this field The password provided to you when you registered with a SIP Service The time duration that your SIP Registrar server keeps your registration record Before the time expires the router will send another register request to SIP Registrar again If the router e g broadband router you use connects to internet by other device you have to set this function for your necessity NAT Traversal Support None Disable this function Stun Choose this option if there is Stun server provided for your router Manual Choose this option if you want to specify an external IP address as the NAT transversal support Nortel If the soft switch that you use supports Nortel solution you can choose this option Set Phonel or Phone2 as the default ring port for this SIP account 89 Dray Tek Ring Pattern Choose a ring tone type for the VoIP phone call Ring Pa
110. ar mae Lea char ma LJ Act as outbound proxy Display Name Account Number NWame CO Authentication ID Password Expiry Time NAT Traversal Support Ring Port Ring Pattern Profile Name Register via Dray Tek Pe 23 char may eS 63 char mare S63 char mare 668 char may Phone 1 Ol Phone 2 Assign a name for this profile for identifying You can type similar name with the domain For example if the domain name is draytel org then you might set draytel in this field If you want to make VoIP call without register personal information please choose None and check the box to achieve the goal Some SIP server allows user to use VoIP function without registering For such server please check the box of Call without Registration Choosing Auto is recommended The system will select a proper way for your VoIP call 188 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy Act as Outbound Proxy Display Name Account Number Name Authentication ID Password Expiry Time NAT Traversal Support Ring Port Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Register via sae IN Za user mode JEG FAA gt ee AAG Set the port number for sending receiving SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 Your peer must set the same value in his her Registrar Set the domain name or IP address of the SIP Registrar server Set domain name or IP address of SIP proxy server By the time you c
111. ard click Finish j Cancel Dray Tek 12 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 9 Now your system will ask you to choose right name of the printer that you installed onto the router Such step can make correct driver loaded onto your PC When you finish the selection click Next Add Printer Wizard Install Printer Software The manufacturer and model determine which printer software to use Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for compatible printer software Manufacturer paves AST Gol a e v ei This driver is digitally signed Windows Update Tell me why driver signing is important 10 For the final stage you need to go back to Control Panel gt Printers and edit the property of the new printer you have added amp Brother HL 1070 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Device Settings Le 4 Brother HL 1070 Print to the following ports Documents wll print to the first free checked port Port Description Printer O 3 250 Standard TCP IP Port Epson Stylus COLOR 1160 O IP_1 Standard TCP IP Port O IP_1 Standard TCP IP Port HP Laselet 1300 O mp 1 Standard TCP IP Port O 1P_1 Standard TCP IP Port M mp 1 Standard TCP IP Port Brother HL 1070 O PDF Local Port PDF995 11 Select LPR on Prot
112. as the protocol you will find out a link of Dial PPPoE or Drop PPPoE in the Online Status web page Online status for DHCP Online Status system Status System Uptime 4 7 24 LAN Status Primary DNS 172 16 3 18 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 5 21545 32232 WAN Status gt gt Release Enable Line Mame Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet DHCP Client 4 07 16 IP GW IP TK Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps 192 168 5 26 192 168 5 1 10538 li 10547 26 Detailed explanation is shown below Primary DNS Secondary DNS LAN Status IP Address TX Packets RX Packets WAN Status Line Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Displays the IP address of the primary DNS Displays the IP address of the secondary DNS Displays the IP address of the LAN interface Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN interface Displays the total number of received packets at the LAN interface Displays the physical connection Ethernet of this interface 23 Dray Tek Name Mode Up Time IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate Displays the name set in WANI WAN web page Displays the type of WAN connection eg PPPoE Displays the total uptime of the interface Displays the IP address of the WAN interface Displays the IP address of the default gateway Displays the total transmitted packets at the WAN interface Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the WAN interface Displa
113. ased services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP ZMP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users ial When DHCP Disable set Dial In PPP BAP of CHAP E d Authentication Start IP Address 192 168 1 200 a MPPE Optional MPPE w Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No For using PSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IKE IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known Dray Tek 238 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP MIDES klappe Aes Data will be encrypted and authentic Go to Remote Dial In User Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow the remote user dial in to build VPN connection If an IPSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above VPN and Remote Acces
114. assing or blocking the file downloading File Extension Profile None Dray Tek 138 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 7 3 Web Content Filter Profile We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be inappropriate sometimes As a responsible parent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as productivity legal liability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be checked against our server database This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor router will then decide whether to allow access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for categorization Click CSM and click Web Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Content Filter Profile Table Set
115. ata will be divided with different levels and will be processed according to the level type by the system Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 147 Dr ay Te k Please assign one of the levels of the data for processing with QoS control Service Type It determines the service type of the data for processing with QoS control It can also be edited You can choose the predefined service type from the Service Type drop down list Those types are predefined in factory Simply choose the one that you want for using by current QoS By the way you can set up to 20 rules for one Class If you want to edit an existed rule please select the radio button of that one and click Edit to open the rule edit page for modification Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name NO Status Local Address Remote Address Eel Service Type CodePoint 1 Active Arty Any IP precedence 2 TFTPCUDP 69 Edit the Service Type for Class Rule To add a new service type edit or delete an existed service type please click the Edit link under Service Type field Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Status Bandwidth Directon gt Sees a Others ae eee 1 2 a Control Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 259 25 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Band
116. ate Management 4 11 1 Local Certificate A digital certificate works as an electronic ID which is issued by a certification authority CA It contains information such as your name a serial number expiration dates etc and the digital signature of the certificate issuing authority so that a recipient can verify that the certificate is real Here Vigor router support digital certificates conforming to standard X 509 Any entity wants to utilize digital certificates should first request a certificate issued by a CA server It should also retrieve certificates of other trusted CA servers so it can authenticate the peer with certificates issued by those trusted CA servers Here you can manage generate and manage the local digital certificates and set trusted CA certificates Remember to adjust the time of Vigor router before using the certificate so that you can get the correct valid period of certificate Below shows the menu items for Certificate Management kel Raab P Ha Res Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Mame Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT FEFRESH 509 Local Certificate Generate Click this button to open Generate Certificate Request window Dray Te k 174 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address e IP Subject Name Country C
117. atic or Dynamic IP DHCP Client 4ccess Control Broadband Access Keep WAN Connection Enable Disable WAN IP Network Settings _WAN IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically Router Name L Enable PING to keep alive Domain Name R PING to the IP PING Interval WAN physical type Auto negotiation e o Required for some ISPs 0 0 0 0 Specify an IP address D minute s IP Address 192 168 5 26 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 168 5 1 WAN Connection Detection Default MAC Address Mode Specify a MAC Address Ping IP Ir MAC Address RIP Protocol CO Enable RIP Access Control Keep WAN Connection WAN Physical Type WAN Connection Detection RIP Protocol WAN IP Network Settings Vigor2110 Series User s Guide DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Normally this function is designed for Dynamic IP environments because some ISPs will drop connections if there is no traffic within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function PING to the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Interval Enter the interval for the system to execute the PING operat
118. atically Call Forwarding There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call forwarding function Always means all the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL without any reason Busy means the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL only when the local system is busy No Answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the time out Disable No Answer SIP URL Type in the SIP URL e g aaa draytel org or abc iptel org as the site for call forwarded Time Out Set the time out for the call forwarding The default setting is 30 sec DND Do Not Disturb Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone mode call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the DND mode according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 3 8 2 Schedule for detailed configuration Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book Dr ay Tek 62 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Prefer Codec Default SIP Account Vigor2110 Series User s Guide profiles Refer to section VoIP gt gt DialPlan gt gt Phone Book for detailed configuration Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of the phone set Check this box to
119. ault Domain Realm iptel org Proxy iptel org Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name David Account Name 4321 Authentication ID unchecked Password rz Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Dray Tek VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 lj vg 4321 ipte D ih 2 p li No a gt Nur OF VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile N Oraytel 1 Reg Ao k 31 S060 Dorr Oraytel h ro drayte t t as bound p Naf t mt Number N 1934 nae obs tbe ion H e ra ess nax p ime Brel we T Trave pp None D t Ph Pr r ttt ke Ce e John calls David He picks up the phone and dials 1111 DialPlan Phone Number for David ValP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index ho 1 bei Enable bhona Number Display Hame John SJP WEL 1743 i irmte org Dal Out Account Defaut w Loop through Hane Backup Phone Number L e IL Ges VWolP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index Mo Profile Mami ipbe 1 fl char max Rigister Auto m Call without Repetranon SIP Part 5060 Darai Faai ipte org 69 char max Provey ipit org ct bound p Detplay Marnie Cad 23 char max cunt Humber Mame og cha Guter E char Mai Password Sg 2 Cha a Expiry Time hour er MAT fri t Non g Port Phona 1 C Phone Ring Patten H David calls John He picks up the phone and dials 2222 DialPlan Phone Number for John 248 Vigor2110 Series User s Guid
120. ay Tek 3 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP 3 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet n A a DHCP Server D f Public IP Address Private Subnet Router IP Addres Wwe In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Dray Tek 32 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Public IP Address 220 135 240 207 Private Subn Router IP
121. behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 155 Dr ay Te k 7 P Broadband Connection on Router Properties Advanced Settings Lara a e General Services Connect to the Internet using Select the services running on your network that Internet users can oa access ke IP GE Ganneetipn on puter Ftp Example menmegr 192 168 29 11 13135 60654 UDF menmeagr 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDP menmegr 192 168 29 117 8 89 E3231 TCF This connection allows pou to connect to the Internet through a shared connection on another computer Show icon in notification area when connected E Edt Sale E EE The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you
122. cated The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone Tone Settings Region User Defined User Defined ow Speaker qolovakia MISC Switzerland rial Tanoa Onw or larval d 64 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication Volume Gain Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is MISC Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Ring Frequency This setting is used to drive the frequency of the ring tone It is recommended for you to use the default setting DTMF DTMF Mode There are four DTMF modes for you to choose InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to th
123. ccess Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then For using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users ial When DHCP Disable set Se PAP or CHAP i Authentication Start IP Address 1952 165 1 200 a EE MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 231 Dray Tek Dray Tek have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP V DES Lol DES Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Goto LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name C Enable this profile Netbios N
124. cess Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 75 Dray Tek Wireless LAN gt gt Station List Station List Status MAC Address Associated with Status Codes C Connected No encryption E Connected WEP P Connected WPA A Connected WPA2 B Blocked by Access Control M Connecting F Fail to pass WPA PSK authentication Note After a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will still be on the list until the connection expires Addto Access Control Client s MAC address Add Refresh Click this button to refresh the status of station list Add Click this button to add current typed MAC address into Access Control 3 7 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status Administrator Password Configuration Backup Syslog Time setup Reboot System Firmware Upgrade Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance 3 7 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation Dr ay Tek 76 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide system Status Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time
125. chieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT Ke Mea a 4 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to D ra y Ti e k 100 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server Internet Destined to 220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts NAT gt gt Port Redirection Port Redirection Setto Factory Default Service Name Public Port Private IP Status ue a Peg ES se Pes EA alle S 3 4 S G l 2 9 10 lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 101 Dray Tek NAT gt Port Redirection Index
126. come to the Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections VM If you have a Plug and Play printer that connects LD through a USB port for any other hot pluggable port such as IEEE 1394 infrared and so on you do not need to use this wizard Click Cancel to close the wizard and then plug the printer s cable SS Printers and Faxes Edit View Favorites Tools into your computer or point the printer toward your Add Printer T computer s infrared port and turn the printer on Server Properties Ki d Sea Windows will automatically install the printer for you set Up Faxing To continue click Next Create Shortcut N Delete Rename Properties lt e 4 Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer The wizard needs to know which type of printer to set up _ Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer O A network printer or a printer attached to another computer e Tosetup a network printer that is not attached to a print server LD use the Local printer option 5 In this dialog choose Create a new port Type of port and use the drop down list to select Standard TCP IP Port Click Next Add Printer Wizard Select a Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port Use the following port LPT Recommended Punt
127. d VI Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key C Digital Signaturet 509 IPSec Security Method Mediumt AH Hight ESF DES SUES AES RIP Direction From first subnet to remote network you have to do L Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 4 255 255 255 0 Allowed Dial In Type PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP Specify Remote VPN Gateway Dray Tek Determine the dial in connection with different types Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below Allow the remote dial in user to trigger an IPSec VPN connection through Internet Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user or peer ID should be the same with the ID setting m dial in 170 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide User Name Password VJ Compression
128. d xX T os e e 2 B86 B86 2 a 4 Poff 4 a Poff of if Pf Ip DI Pf 7 a Pf In J a Poff c a LI IB m a Le Ab Seel LR Jb o a Po Or ee Ip a Of Poff Cd Pf Ju e Dr o O LJ Ab Ab eof Poff a DI LJ Ab 2 DI LJ Ab Mote Min Len and Max Len should be between Dea2b Enable Check this box to invoke this setting Prefix Number The phone number set here is used to add strip or replace the OP number Mode None No action Add When you choose this mode the OP number will be added with the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Strip When you choose this mode the OP number will be deleted by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VolP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the OP number of 886 will be deleted completely for the prefix number is set with SS6 Replace When you choose this mode the OP number will be replaced by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the prefix number of 03 will be replaced by 8863 For example dial number of O31111111 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 5 p Dray Tek will be changed to 88631111111 and sent to SIP server Mode Replace ze Repl OP Number The front number you type here is the first part of the account number
129. d Key is selected it should be consistent with the one set in VPN router IPSec Policy Seting My IF 172 16 3 100 Type of IPSec Standard IPSec Tunnel Remote Subnet Remote Subnet Mask Virture IP DrayTek Virture InterFace A Obtain an IP address automatically DHCP over IPSec Specify an IP address IP Address Subnet Mask Security Method O Mediumi AH Authority Method ee Loi Pre shared Key ES O Certification Authority SR If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote VPN server IP address Username Password and encryption method The User Name and Password should be consistent with the one set up in the VPN router To use default gateway on remote network means that all the packets of remote host will be directed to VPN server then forwarded to Internet This will make the remote host seem to be working in the enterprise network Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 241 Dray Te k Dial To TEH Session Name office VPM Server IP HOST Namefsuch ae 123 45 67 09 or draytek com 192 168 1 1 User Name draytek_userl Password seats Type of VD PPTP COL2TR IPSec Tunnel COLT over IPSec PPTP Encryption No encryption O Maximum strength encryption Use default gateway on remote network ce 4 Click Connect button to build connection When the connect
130. d by URL Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt You can set eight profiles as URL content filter Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 135 Dr ay Tek CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Priority Both Pass Log 1 URL Access Control LJEnable URL Access Control Prevent web access from IP address Action Group Object Selections i Web Feature JEnable Restrict Web Feature Action LJcookie LI Proxy File Extension Profile Profile Name Type the name for such profile Priority It determines the action that this router will apply Both Pass The router will let all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below passing through When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Both Block The router will block all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Either URL Access Control First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the prior
131. date its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account 5 Dray Tek Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password test In the DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Setto Factory Default Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Force Update A4uto Update interval 1440 Mints Accounts Index Domain Name Active bd Tie Ka Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Check this box to enable DDNS function Auto Update Int
132. default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 7 Dr ay Te k 1 3 Hardware Installation Before starting to configure the router you have to connect your devices correctly 1 Connect Line port to land line jack with a RJ 11 cable Vn model 2 Connect this device to a modem with a RJ 45 cable 3 Connect one port of 4 port switch to your computer with a RJ 45 cable This device allows you to connect 4 PCs directly 4 Connect Phone port to a conventional analog telephone Connect detachable antennas to the router for Vigor2110 series n model 6 Connect one end of the power cord to the power port of this device Connect the other end to the wall outlet of electricity 7 Power on the router 8 Check the ACT and WAN LAN LEDs to assure network connections Land line jack POTS G Analog Phone kd Analog Phone Power Adapter ep PWR Baly Power Switch Caution 1 Each of the Phone ports can be connected to an analog phone only Do not connect the phone ports to the land line jack Such connection might damage your router 2 When the power is shutdown VoIP phone will be disconnected Ho
133. dex No 1 Enable Destination IP Address Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 952 168 1 3 Network Interface i i 4 Cancel 4 Go to Diagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Fey C connected 5 static FR RIF default private 192 168 10 0 255 255 255 0 via 192 168 1 2 LAN 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN 211 100 88 07 255 255 255 0 wia 192 168 1 3 LAN Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 97 Dr ay Te k 4 2 4 VLAN Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage hosts by grouping them based on the physical port You can also manage the in out rate of each port Go to LAN page and select VLAN The following page will appear Click Enable to invoke VLAN function LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration LAN Configuration Enable P1 P P3 P4 LANO d O d O VLANI C F C C LAN2 TT O ad d LANS d Fi C d To add or remove a VLAN please refer to the following example 1 If VLAN 0 is consisted of hosts linked to P1 and P2 and VLAN 1 is consisted of hosts linked to P3 and P4 2 After checking the box to enable VLAN function you will check the table according to the needs as shown below LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration LAN Configuration Enable P1 P2 P3 P4 LANO O d VLANI d d VLAN O C O d YLANG d d L d To remove VLAN uncheck th
134. dodges the URL Access Control You must clear your browser cache first so that the URL content filtering facility operates properly on a web page that you visited before Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature First is selected Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the keyword set here it will be processed with reverse action Action Block E Block Group Object Selections The Vigor router provides several frames for users to define keywords and each frame supports multiple keywords The keyword could be a noun a partial noun or a complete URL string Multiple keywords within a frame are separated by space comma or semicolon In addition the maximal length of each frame is 32 character long After specifying keywords the Vigor router will decline the connection request to the website whose URL string matched to any user defined keyword It should be noticed that the more simplified the blocking keyword list the more efficiently the Vigor router perform 137 Dray Tek E http 192 168 1_5 Group Object Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer Object Group Edit Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None wi or Keyword Object N
135. dule is also applicable to other functions You have to set your time before set schedule In System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date menu press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router s clock to current time of your PC The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router There is another way to set up time You can inquiry an NTP server a time server on the Internet to synchronize the router s clock This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up Applications gt gt Schedule Schedule Setto Factory Default Index Status Index Status 1 4 J x 2 S 10 Gi J 2 11 w 4 4 12 x 28 13 Gi H 14 H I5 V H S Status v Active s Inactive Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of schedule Status Display if this schedule setting is active or inactive You can set up to 15 schedules Then you can apply them to your Internet Access or VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN settings To add a schedule please click any index say Index No 1 The detailed settings of the call schedule with index are shown below Dray Te k 152 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Applications gt gt Schedule Index No 1 Enable Schedule Setup Start Date yyyy mm dd 2000 sell wii el Start Time hh mm Duration Time hh mm Action Idle Timeout How Often Once
136. e Country CC State ST Location L Orginization CO Orginization Unit COU Common Name CN Email E IP Address 162 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Profile Name Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Accept Subject Name 4 10 5 Remote Dial in User Type in Click to accept any peer regardless of its identity Click to check one specific field of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field can be IP Address Domain or E mail Address The box under the Type will appear according to the type you select and ask you to fill in corresponding setting Click to check the specific fields of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field includes Country C State ST Location L Organization O Organization Unit OU Common Name CN and Email E You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via VPN connection You may set parameters including specified connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router provides 32 access accounts for dial in users Besides you can extend the user accounts to the RADIUS server through the built in RADIUS client function The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Remot
137. e Example 2 Both John and David have SIP Addresses from the same service provider John s SIP URL 1234 draytel org David s SIP URL 4321 draytel org Settings for John DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 1111 Display Name David SIP URL 4321 draytel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name draytel 1 Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm draytel org Proxy draytel org Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name John Account Number Name 1234 Authentication ID unchecked Password nm Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Settings for David DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 2222 Display Name John SIP URL 1234 draytel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name John Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm draytel org Proxy iptel org Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name David Account Name 4321 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Vigor2110 Series User s Guide ValP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index Wo 1 F Enable 5 11711 Dspiav Hame Dawid Se URI RSA i orayitel ong Dial Out Account Defautt s Loop through Hong ze Backup Phone Number DS IL ge VolP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account ndt xo 1 Profle Name drayiel i 11 char man Register auto Call without Regetratoen SiP Port 5060 D miHea drop org Promy
138. e Access User Accounts Index User L 277 2 227 3 777 4 777 5 27 6 777 i 277 8 277 9 277 10 277 11 277 12 777 13 277 14 777 15 227 16 777 Set to Factory Default Index User Status Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Setto Factory Default Status Index User Status A ii TYT A ZbEbbbSbbEEE L a E 1 zl J Cad L d mees ee D I D D D D D D D D D D D EN EN D EN D Pa Ee e ac Es Eee Ba a Se Peay 2c Peed Peed pes pes Pes Es oh 2 ERT Click to clear all indexes Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of Remote Dial in User Display the username for the specific dial in user of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Display the access state of the specific dial in user The symbol V and X represent the specific dial in user to be active and inactive respectively E Dray Tek Click each index to edit one remote user profile Each Dial In Type requires you to fill the different corresponding fields on the right If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account Idle Tirmeout 300 Allowed Dial In Type PPTR IPSec Tunnel Username err IKE Authentication Method Pre S
139. e Configuration Backup does not include information of Certificate Restore Configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below system Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file ee Click Restore to upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Browse button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the router 3 Click Restore button and wait for few seconds the following picture will tell you that the restoration procedure is successful 4 14 5 Syslog Mail Alert SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router There is no bother to directly get into the Web Configurator of the router or borrow debug equipments System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Mail Alert Setup Enable C Enable Enable syslog message Return Path Firewall Lag Authentication User Access Log Password Call Log Enable E Mail Alert WAN Log DoS Attack Router DSL information IM P2P Enable Syslog Access Check Enable to activate function of syslog Syslog Server IP The IP address of the Syslog server Destination Port Assign a port for the Syslog protocol Dr ay Tek 218 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Enable syslog message Check the bo
140. e Utility Firmware Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Sales Time Out Sec Router IP Bo TL Pork Firmware File e IL 0 Password 12 Type in your router IP usually 192 168 1 1 13 Click the button to the right side of Firmware file typing box Locate the files that you download from the company web sites You will find out two files with different extension names xxxx all keep the old custom settings and xxxx rst reset all the custom settings to default settings Choose any one of them that you need Dray Te k 252 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Firmware Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Time Out Sec Router IP Sg m Fort Firmware File C Documents and Settings Carrie m Password 14 Click Send Firmware Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Time Out Zer j Router IP SC Fort Firmware File CABocuments and SettingsiCarrie cad Password Sending 15 Now the firmware update is finished Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 253 Dr ay Te k 5 7 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Server CAServerA CA Server B User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigor Router via Web GUI AD User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it 1 Go to Certificate Management and choose Local Certificate Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate o09 Local Certificate Configuration Mame Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH
141. e created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP Below shows the menu items for Internet Access 3 1 2 PPPoE To choose PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the internet please select PPPoE from the Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown D ra y Ti e k 26 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Internet Access gt gt PPPoE PPPoE Client Mode PPPoE Setup PPPoE Link ISP Access Setup Wsername Password Enable Disable Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP ze Always On fi second s IP Address Assiqnment Method IPCP WAN IP Alias Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IF Idle Timeout Fixed IP Address WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP TTL Enable Disable ISP Access Setup WAN Connection Detection PPP MP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Vigor2110 Series User s Guide ARP Detect Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP Username Type in the userna
142. e information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below IP Address Type the IP address that will be used for the specified MAC address Mac Address Type the MAC address that is used to bind with the assigned IP address It is used to refresh the ARP table When there is one new PC added to the LAN you can click this link to obtain the newly ARP table information It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information 99 Dray Tek Add It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP table or the IP MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the table of IP Bind List Edit It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and MAC address that you create before Remove You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List Simply click and select the one and click Remove The selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List Note Before you select Strict Bind you have to bind one set of IP MAC address for one PC If not no one of the PCs can access into Internet And the web configurator of the router might not be accessed 4 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresse
143. e needed box and click OK to save the results Dray Tek 98 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 2 5 Bind IP to MAC This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthening control in network When this function is enabled all the assigned IP and MAC address binding together cannot be changed If you modified the binding IP or MAC address it might cause you not access into the Internet Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page LAN gt gt Bind IP to MAC Bind IP to MAC Mote IP MAC binding presets DHCP Allocations If you select Strict Bind unspecified LAN clients cannot access the Internet Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Select All Sort Refresh IP Bind List Select All Sort IF Address 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 10 Add and Edit IP Address Ir Mac Address WoW oo Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Add and Edit Refresh IP Bind List Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Mac Address Index IF Address Mac Address O0 S0 7F DD 15 18 00 0E 46 24 D5 41 Click this radio button to invoke this function However IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to Internet Click this radio button to disable this function All the settings on this page will be invalid Click this radio button to block the connection of the IPPMAC which is not listed in IP Bind List This table is the LAN ARP table of this router Th
144. e other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message D TME mode InBand QutBand RF C2033 SIP INFO cisco format SIP IMFO nortel format Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode 3 5 4 Status From this page you can find codec connection and other important call status for each port Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 65 Dr ay Te k VoIP gt gt Status Status Refresh Seconds Rx Elapse Tx Rx Rx i In Out Miss Speaker DR BERIS COORD PEERI hh mm ss Pkts Pkts Losts ried Calls Calls Calls Gain Done IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 Phonee IDLE 00 00 00 T 0 T O 0 O T 5 Log Date Time Duration In Out Miss Account ID Peer ID rom OO yyy bb mm 33 bbrmmmr 33 00 00 E 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 DU DU OD 00 00 00 O0 O00 Oo0 00 OO0 O0 O0 00 O0 00 OO0 O0 O0 00 O0 00 OO0 O0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 7oO oO coco oo CO Refresh Seconds Specify the interval of refresh time to obtain the latest VoIP ca
145. e pool The maximum is 10 For example if you type 3 and the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the range of IP address by the DHCP server will be from 220 135 240 2 to 220 135 240 11 MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 2 DHCP server will help router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an IP address belonging to 1 subnet Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default RIP Protocol Control Usable 1st Subnet 2nd Subnet 1st Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the Ist subnet with neighboring routers 2nd Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the 2nd subnet with neighboring routers DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network 93 Dray Tek DNS Server Configuration Dray Tek If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s
146. e power line and WLAN LAN cable connections Refer to 1 3 Hardware Installation for details 2 Turn on the router Make sure the ACT LED blink once per second and the correspondent LAN LED is bright 3 H not it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status Simply back to 1 3 Hardware Installation to execute the hardware installation again And then try again Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 261 Dr ay Te k 6 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings After trying the above section if the link is stilled failed please do the steps listed below to make sure the network connection settings is OK For Windows The example is based on Windows XP As to the examples for other operation systems please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in www draytek com 1 Goto Control Panel and then double click on Network Connections Webatork Commections 2 Right click on Local Area Connection and click on Properties Disable Status VW 4 Repair Bridge Connections Create Shortcut Rename Properties 3 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP and then click Properties ethO Properties General Authentication Advanced A Connect using ASUSTeK Broadcom 440x 10 1001r This connection uses the following items iv El Client for Microsoft Networks
147. e router connecting to ACS server Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 215 Dray Te k ACS Server URL Username Password Such data must be typed according to the ACS Auto Configuration Server you want to link Please refer to Auto Configuration Server user s manual for detailed information CPE Client It is not necessary for you to type them Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server Enable Disable Sometimes port conflict might be occurred To solve such problem you might want to change port number for CPE Please click Enable and change the port number Periodic Inform Settings The default setting is Enable Please set interval time or schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE Or click Disable to close the mechanism of notification 4 14 3 Administrator Password This page allows you to set new password system Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is admin New Password Type in new password in this field Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again 4 14 4 Configuration Backup Backup the Configuration Follow the steps below to backup your configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be
148. e than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Status System Uptime 5 11 9 LAN Status IP Address 192 168 1 5 35 Dray Tek If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection There are two common scenarios of LAN settings that stated in Chapter 4 For the configuration examples please refer to that chapter to get more information for your necessity 3 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and t
149. e two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Private Port Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal host Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services Servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction For example the built in web configurator in the router is with default port 80 which may conflict with the web server in the local network http 192 168 1 13 80 Therefore you need to change the router s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid conflict such as 8080 This can be set in the System Maintenance gt gt Management Setup You then will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080 e g http 192 168 1 1 8080 instead of port 80 Dray Tek 102 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide system Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control Management Port Setup kl Allow management from the Internet User Define Ports Default Ports C FTP Server Telnet Port Default 23 HTTP Serve HESS EE HTTP Server HTTP Port Default 80 HTTPS Server SE a HTTPS Port Default 443 Telnet Serwer FIP Port 21 Default 21 C SSH Server Disable PING from the Internet SSE PE Default 22
150. e without disturbing by VoIP phone call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the DND mode according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 3 8 2 Schedule for detailed configuration Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book profiles Refer to section 3 11 1 DialPlan Phone Book for detailed configuration Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of the phone set Check this box to invoke this function A notice sound will appear to tell the user new phone call is waiting for your response Click hook flash to pick up the waiting phone call Check this box to invoke this function Click hook flash to initiate another phone call When the phone call connection succeeds hang up the phone The other two sides can communicate then Select one of five codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will be negotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G 711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G711 192 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Prefer Codec 3 7114 b4kK bps ze 3 7 11M
151. ection to be always on If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or Static or Dynamic IP mode you will find them in Aux WAN IP for your selection NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMF Host Setup WAN 1 Index Enable AUX WARN IP Private IP E LI EE Choose PC a L 162 168 1 55 Choose PC Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 39 Dr ay Te k Enable Private IP Choose PC Dray Tek Check to enable the DMZ Host function Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host F wg Eil 132 168 1170 1s 1681 18 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP d 172 16 3 229 192 168 1 10 Choose PC 2 o 162 168 1 55 Zz 40 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 3 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to
152. ed on and running Activity normally The router is powered off WLAN ER WLAN Wireless access point is ready Blinking It will blink while wireless traffic goes poo through WAN The poms 1S connec PADR USB VPN On The VPN tunnel is actives QoS The QoS function is active DoS The DoS DDoS function is active Blinking It will blink while detecting an attack WPS The WPS is on Off The WPS is off Waiting for wireless client sending requests for connection about two minutes WPS Button On Press this button for 2 seconds to wait for client device making network connection through WPS When the LED lights up the WPS will be on for connection about two minutes Interface Description MN disable WLAN LED off wireless connection WAN Connector for accessing the Internet LAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices USB Connecter for USB storage Pen Driver Mobile HD or printer Dr ay Tek 4 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Vigor211
153. el org then you might set draytel in this field If you want to make VoIP call without register personal information please choose None and check the box to achieve the goal Some SIP server allows user to use VoIP function without registering For such server please check the box of Call without registration Choosing Auto is recommended w Set the port number for sending receiving SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 Your peer must set the same value in his her Registrar Set the domain name or IP address of the SIP Registrar server Set domain name or IP address of SIP proxy server By the time you can type port number after the domain name to specify that port as the destination of data transmission e g nat draytel org 5065 Check this box to make the proxy acting as outbound proxy The caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen Enter your account name of SIP Address e g every text before Check the box to invoke this function and enter the name or number used for SIP Authorization with SIP Registrar If this 58 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Password Expiry Time NAT Traversal Support Ring Port Ring Pattern 3 5 3 Phone Settings setting value is the same as Account Name it is not necessary for you to check the box and set any value in this field The password provided to you when you registered with a SIP service The time duratio
154. elp you to make calls quickly and easily by using speed dial Phone Number There are total 60 index entries in the phonebook for you to store all your friends and family members SIP addresses Loop through and Backup Phone Number will be displayed if you are using Vigor 2820V for setting the phone book VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book index pepe ADAY spur pia our ule Default 2 Default S Default d Default J Default 6 Default f Default H Default ZE Default 10 Default TL Default 12 Default 13 Default 14 Default 15 Default 16 Default EA Default 18 Default 19 Default 20 Default lt lt 1 20 21 40 41 60 gt Status v Active x Inactive 7 Empty Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 179 Loop through Mone Mone Mone Mone Mone Mone Mone Mone Mone Mone Mone Mone Mone Mone Mone Mone Mone Mone Mone Mone Backup Phone Number Status Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Phone Number Display Name SIP URL Dial Out Account Loop through Backup Phone Number Folly m fed puer Com Default ze Mone ho OK Clear Cancel Enable Phone Number Display Name SIP URL Dial Out Account Loop through Backup Phone Number Digit Map Click this to enable this entry The speed dial number of this index This can be any number
155. ement from the Internet Disable PING from the Internet Access List Default Ports User Defined Ports Enable SNMP Agent Get Community Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Trap Community Notification Host IP Po Trap Timeout seconds Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Check the checkbox to reject all PING packets from the Internet For security issue this function is enabled by default You could specify that the system administrator can only login from a specific host or network defined in the list A maximum of three IPs subnet masks is allowed List IP Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the router Subnet Mask Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to the router Check to use standard port numbers for the Telnet and HTTP servers Check to specify user defined port numbers for the Telnet HTTP and FTP servers Check it to enable this function Set the name for getting community by typing a proper character The default setting is public ni Dray Tek Set Community Set community by typing a proper name The default setting is private Manager Host IP Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function Please type in IP address to specify certain host Trap Community Set trap community by typing a proper name The default sett
156. ence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc Internet SSID Draytek Channel 6 se e E Mode WEP only 192 168 1 1 Multiple SSIDs Vigor router supports four SSID settings for wireless connections Each SSID can be defined with different name and download upload rate for selecting by stations connected to the router wirelessly Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set o
157. ency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let 69 Dray Tek Packet OVERDRIVE Hide SSID Long Preamble Dray Tek system determine for you 4 Auto Channel 1 2412MHz Channel 2 241 MHz Channel 3 2422MH2 Channel A 24447 MHz Channel 5 24s4 hMHz Channel 6 24437 MHz Channel 7 A44 7 Channel 6 2447 MHz Channel 9 2452M1Hz Channel 10 2457 MHz Channel 11 2462hMHz Channel 12 2467 MHz Channel 13 247 2M1Hz Channel This feature can enhance the performance in data transmission about 40 more by checking Tx Burst It is active only when both sides of Access Point and Station in wireless client invoke this function at the same time That is the wireless client must support this feature and invoke the function too Note Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function Therefore you can use and install it into your PC for matching with Packet OVERDRIVE refer to the following picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window choose Enable for TxBURST on the tab of Option igor N61 802 11n Wireless USB Adapter Utility General Setting Advance Setting Auto launch when Windows start up C Disable Radio C Remember mini status position Fragmentation Threshold 88 4B C Avto hide mini status RTS Threshold 2347 C Set mini status always on t
158. ent Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system Web Content Filter We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be
159. ent System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time Use Browser Time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Use Internet Time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Time Protocol Select a time protocol Server IP Address Type the IP address of the time server Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located Automatically Update Interval Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server Click OK to save these settings Dray Tek 220 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 14 7 Management This page allows you to manage the settings for access control access list port setup and SMP setup For example as to management access control the port number is used to send receive SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 and this must match with the peer Registrar when making VoIP calls system Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control Management Port Setup Allow management from the Internet User Define Ports Default Ports C FTP Server HTTP Server HTTPS Server Telnet Server C SSH Server Disable PING from the Internet Access List Telnet Port Default 23 HTTP Port Default 80 HTTPS Port Default 443 FTP Port Default 21 SSH Port Default 22 SAMP Setup List IF Subnet Mask C Enable SNMP Agent Allow manag
160. er Call Filter Data Filter Stateful Packet Inspection SPI tracks packets and denies unsolicited incoming data D Selectable Denial of Service DoS Distributed DoS DDoS attacks protection IP Filters Depending on whether there is an existing Internet connection or in other words the WAN link status is up or down the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two Call Filter and Data Filter Call Filter When there is no existing Internet connection Call Filter is applied to all traffic all of which should be outgoing It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass Then the router shall initiate a call to build the Internet connection and send the packet to Internet Data Filter When there is an existing Internet connection Data Filter is applied to incoming and outgoing traffic It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass the router The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic and outgoing traffic respectively Outgoing Traffic Dray Tek 108 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Stateful Packet Inspection SPI Stateful inspection is a firewall architecture that works at the network layer Unlike legacy static packet filtering which examines a packet based on the information in its header stateful inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection trav
161. er the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Ring Frequency This setting is used to drive the frequency of the ring tone It is recommended for you to use the default setting DTMF DTMF Mode There are four DTMF modes for you to choose InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message DTMF mode InBand QutBand RF C2035 SIP IMFO cisco format Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode 4 12 4 Status From this page you can find codec connection and other important call status for each port VoIP gt gt Status Status Refresh Seconds Rx i Elapse Tx Rx Rx A In Out Miss Speaker Dat SSES GORED ES hh mm ss Pkts Pkts Losts pa Calls Calls Calls Gain Done IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 N 0 5 Phonee IDLE 00 00 00 O 0 0 O 0 O O 5 L
162. er Port Note Most computers use the LPT 1 port to Communicate witha local printer g The connector for this port should look somethina like this Create a new port Type of port Standard TCP IP Port Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 11 Dr ay Te k 6 In the following dialog type 192 168 1 1 router s LAN IP in the field of Printer Name or IP Address and type IP_192 168 1 1 as the port name Then click Next Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard Add Port For which device do you want to add a port Enter the Printer Name or IP address and a port name for the desired device Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 7 Click Standard and choose Generic Network Card Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard Additional Port Information Required The device could not be identified The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is correct Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by returning to the previous wizard page or select the device type if you are sure the address is corect 8 Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the following charactenstics SNMP No Protocol RAW Pot 100 Device 192 168 1 1 Pot Name IP_192 168 1 1 Adapter Type Generic Network Card To complete this wiz
163. er option Mode Disabled Auto DELEI Protocol In Manual mode there are two protocols provided for you to choose TCP and UDP Option In Manual mode there are three options offered for you to apply Accelerate most heavy traffic sessions This function is the same as in Auto mode Apply the Class Rule in Quality of Service Rules configured in QoS will be applied Specific Hosts You can set five hosts in this page to apply hardware acceleration Please check Enable box type Start port and End port and specify Private IP for each host respectively When you configure all of the settings click OK to save the configuration Note Bandwidth allocation to other non specified session would be affected as the acceleration engine is activated Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 107 Dr ay Te k 4 5 Firewall 4 5 1 Basics for Firewall While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia interactive applications or distance learning security has been always the most concerned The firewall of the Vigor router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders It also restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet Furthermore it can filter out specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwanted outgoing connection Firewall Facilities The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities User configurable IP filt
164. er recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard EEE 802 11n draft 2 protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connec
165. ere it will be processed with reverse action Log LJ DrugsAlcohal Hate speech L Weapons L Food L Health Motor Vehicles L Shopping Travel job Search Career Reference web Mail kid Sites Sex Education Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog For this section please refer to Web Content Filter user s guide Dray Tek H Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 8 Bandwidth Management Below shows the menu items for Bandwidth Management 4 8 1 Sessions Limit A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router The router will generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection The P2P Peer to Peer applications e g BitTorrent always need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over resources which might result in important accesses impacted To solve the problem you can use limit session to limit the session procession for specified Hosts In the Bandwidth Management menu click Sessions Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Sessions Limit Sessions Limit GO Enable Disable Default Max Sessions 100 Limitation List Index Start IF Max
166. ersing all interfaces of the firewall and makes sure they are valid The stateful firewall of Vigor router not just examine the header information also monitor the state of the connection Denial of Service DoS Defense The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack The attacks are usually categorized into two types the flooding type attacks and the vulnerability attacks The flooding type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system s resource while the vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the protocol or operation system The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on the attack signature database Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning if you set up Syslog server Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre defined parameter such as the number of thresholds is identified as an attack and the Vigor router will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real time manner The below shows the attack types that DoS DDoS defense function can detect 1 SYN flood attack 9 SYN fragment 2 UDP flood attack 10 Fraggle attack 3 ICMP flood attack 11 TCP flag scan 4 Port Scan attack 12 Tear drop attack 5 IP options 13 Ping of Death attack 6
167. ertificate from a CA server on Windows CA Genver 254 5 8 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Genver 258 Trouble Shooting DE 261 6 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK orhNot 261 6 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not 00000 262 6 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer 264 6 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK orhNot 265 6 5 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 267 6 6 Contacting Your Dealer 268 D ray Tek Viii Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Al Preface Vigor2110 series is a broadband router It integrates IP layer QoS NAT session bandwidth management to help users control works well with large bandwidth By adopting hardware based VPN platform and hardware encryption of AES DES 3DS the router increases the performance of VPN greatly and offers several protocols such as IPSec PPTP L2TP with up to 2 VPN tunnels The object based design used in SPI Stateful Packet Inspection firewall allows users to set firewall policy with ease CSM Content Security Management provides users control and management in IM Instant Messenger and P2P Peer to Peer more efficiency than before By the way DoS DDoS prevention and URL Web content filter strengthen the security outside and control inside Object based firewall is flexible and allows your network be safe In addition through VoIP functio
168. erval 150 Sec Index Click this link to access into next page for setting SIP account Profile Display the profile name of the account Domain Realm Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP registrar server Proxy Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP proxy server Account Name Display the account name of SIP address before Ring Port Specify which port will ring when receiving a phone call STUN Server Type in the IP address or domain of the STUN server External IP Type in the gateway IP address SIP PING interval The default value is 150 sec It is useful for a Nortel server NAT Traversal Support Status Show the status for the corresponding SIP account R means such account is registered on SIP server successfully means the account is failed to register on SIP server Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 187 Dray Te k VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Mame Register SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy LO Schar ma Mo Call without Registration 63 char men 63 char men Act as outbound proxy Display Name Account Number Name O Authentication ID Password Expiry Time WAT Traversal Support Ring Port Ring Pattern VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name Register via SIF Port Domain Realm Proxy 28 char max 63 char men 663 char ma e LES char mae Phone 1 Phone 2 fs 11 char max C Call without Registration 68 ch
169. erval Type the time interval for auto update information about dynamic DNS server 150 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Index Domain Name Active View Log Force Update Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Display if this account is active or inactive Display DDNS log status Force the router updates its information to DDNS server 7 Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password test Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic ONS Account Service Provider Service Type Domain Name Login Name Password OI Wildcards J Backup Mx Mail Extender Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface Service Provider Service Type Domain Name Login Name Password dyndns org www dyndns org w eng e max 64 characters max 23 characters ed Check this box to enable the current account If you did check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 Select the WAN interface order to apply settin
170. ess Choose one of the SIP accounts for this profile to dial out It is useful for both sides caller and callee that registered to different SIP Registrar servers If caller and callee do not use 49 Dray Tek Loop through Backup Phone Number Digit Map the same SIP server sometimes the VoIP phone call connection may not succeed By using the specified dial out account the successful connection can be assured The selection should be as the following Loop through Backup Phone Number When the VoIP phone is obstructs or the Internet breaks down for some reasons the backup phone will be dialed out to replace the VoIP phone number At this time the phone call will be changed from VoIP phone into PSTN call according to the loop through direction chosen Note that during the phone switch the blare of phone will appear for a short time And when the VoIP phone is switched into the PSTN phone the telecom co might charge you for the connection fee Please type in backup phone number PSTN for this VoIP phone setting For the convenience of user this page allows users to edit prefix number for the SIP account with adding number stripping number or replacing number It is used to help user having a quick and easy way to dial out through VoIP interface Dray Tek 50 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Digit Map Setup Enable Prefix Number Mode OP Number Interface P D g
171. ess Keep WAN Connection Enable Disable WAN IP Network Settings _WAN IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically Router Name L Enable PING to keep alive Domain Name R PING to the IP PING Interval WAN physical type Auto negotiation e o Required for some ISPs 0 0 0 0 Specify an IP address D minute s IP Address 192 168 5 26 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 168 5 1 WAN Connection Detection Default MAC Address Mode Specify a MAC Address Ping IP Ir MAC Address RIP Protocol CO Enable RIP Access Control Keep WAN Connection WAN Physical Type WAN Connection Detection RIP Protocol WAN IP Network Settings Vigor2110 Series User s Guide DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Normally this function is designed for Dynamic IP environments because some ISPs will drop connections if there is no traffic within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function PING to the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Interval Enter the interval for the system to execute the PING operation Choose Auto negotiation as the physical type for your route
172. ess Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2ETP with IPSec Policy Server IP Hoast Name for VPN such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 206 PPP Authentication PAP CHAP on off VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Mediumt AH High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router A dial in to build VPN connection If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type TT opp Username 777 IPSec Tunnel Password fs O L2TF with IPSec Policy YJ Compression on off Specify Remote VPN Gateway IKE Authentication Method Peer YPN Server IP Wl Pre Shared key 220 135 240 208 IKE Pre Shared Key DEE Ir C Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH Hight ESF DES 3DES kl AES If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type
173. ess Filter Client s MAC Address Attribute Add Delete Edit Cancel OK Select to enable the MAC Address filter for wireless LAN identified with SSID 1 to 4 respectively All the clients expressed by MAC addresses listed in the box can be grouped under different wireless LAN For example they can be grouped under SSID 1 and SSID 2 at the same time if you check SSID 1 and SSID 2 Display all MAC addresses that are edited before Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client s Isolate the station from LAN select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN Add a new MAC address into the list Delete the selected MAC address in the list Edit the selected MAC address in the list Give up the access control set up Click it to save the access control list Clear All Clean all entries in the MAC address list 3 6 5 Advanced Setting This page allows users to set advanced settings such as operation mode channel bandwidth guard interval and aggregation MSDU for wireless data transmission Wireless LAN gt gt Advanced Setting HT Physical Mode Operation Mode Channel Bandwidth Guard Interval Aggregation MSDUCA MSDU4 Operation Mode Channel Bandwidth Guard Interval Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Mixed Mode Green Field O 20 20 40 long auto Disable Enable Mixed Mode the router can transmit data with the ways supported in both 802
174. ess for limit bandwidth End IP Define the end IP address for limit bandwidth TX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index RX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above Edit Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request Setup All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 4 8 3 Quality of Service Deploying QoS Quality of Service management to guarantee that all applications receive the service levels required and sufficient bandwidth to meet performance expectations is indeed one important aspect of modern enterprise network One reason for QoS is that numerous TCP based applications tend to continually increase their transmission rate and consume all available bandwidth which is called TCP slow start If other applications are not protected by QoS it will detract much from their performance in the overcrowded network T
175. esses Loop through and Backup Phone Number will be displayed if you are using Vigor 2820V for setting the phone book Dr ay Tek 48 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book i Backup Index Phone Display emp up Dal Out Paap Phone Status number Name Account through Number i Default Hone 2 Default None W a Default None x 4 Default None 3 Default None 6 Default None f Default None x H Default None al Default None 10 Default None i Default Hone 12 Default None 13 Default None 14 Default None 15 Default None X 1b Default None x Vf Default None 18 Default None 19 Default Hong 20 Default None W lt lt 1 270 21 40 41 60 gt gt Next gt gt Status v Active x Inactive 7 Empty Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Display Name Pally SIP URL 1112 i fwd puer Com Dial Gut Account Loop through Backup Phone Number f Enable Click this to enable this entry Phone Number Display Name SIP URL Dial Out Account Vigor2110 Series User s Guide The speed dial number of this index This can be any number you choose using digits 0 9 and The Caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen This let your friend can easily know who s calling without memorizing lots of SIP URL Address Enter your friend s SIP Addr
176. et Mask Type the subnet mask Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 89 Dr ay Tek 4 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP 4 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address Private Subnet Router IP Address In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Dray Tek 90 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Internet 220 1
177. f four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 197 Dr ay Te k Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment
178. f the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server D ra y Ti e k 36 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Internet Destined to 220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts NAT gt gt Port Redirection Port Redirection Setto Factory Default Service Name Public Port Private IP Status N a Peg ER Pes EA se Pes E 1E d 3 4 P D 2 9 10 lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 37 Dr ay Tek NAT gt Port Redirection Index No 1 C Enable Mode Service Name Protacal WAN IP Public Port Private IP Private Port TA v Ili Note In Range Mode the End IP will be calculated automatically once the Public Port and Start IP have been entered Enable Mode Service Name P
179. f them Manual IPF precedence 1 IP precedence 2 IP precedence 3 IP precedence 4 IP precedence 5 IPF precedence b IPF precedence AF Casel Low Drop AF Class Medium Drop AF Class High Drop AP Classe Low Drop AP Class Medium Drop AF Classe High Drop AF Case Low Drop AF Case Medium Drop AF Case High Drop AP Class4 Low Drop AF Class4 Medium Drop AF Class4 High Drop EF Class RTP TOS Detailed Settings for Phone Port Click the number link for Phone port you can access into the following page for configuring Phone settings Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 61 Dray Tek VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Phonel Call Feature Codecs CT Hotline Prefer Codec G 7294 B Kbps O Session Timer sec CO Single Codec Call Forwarding Packet Size CIP UPL Voice Active Detector Off si Time Out 30 3a SEN Default SIP Account TT DND Do Not Disturb Mode Indexf1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored O Play dial tone only when account registered Index 1 60 in Phone Book as Exception List C CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Hotline Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set Session Timer Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed autom
180. fied in these profiles will be processed according to the chosen action Profile 1 with name of default is the default profile some files with the file extensions specified in this profile will be ignored and not be scanned by Vigor router Objects Setting gt gt File Extension Object File Extension Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Profile Mame Profile Mame 1 J 2 G d i 4 8 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details Dray Tek 128 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt File Extension Object Setup Profile Index 1 Profile Name Ir Categories File Extensions Image Celect All Cl bmp CT gp To C jpeg Ojeg O jpg Clm pot i D pict tif tiff Ceara BEZ pex Une ner omg Uu Bb Video Select All aer Dag Um Ompe Ol mpeg Umpg C1 mp4 Clear All Ja Jm LI wm L 3gp rer r E E Audio Select All L aac L aiff Ta 1 mp mda L m4p O ogg Clear AI lr L ram L vox LJ wavy LJ wms Java Select Al looss jad LI jar LJ jaw java jem L js jse WER Tt Clear All Actives Select All LI ai CT app D zs Cock CT ob Cole CT Ab Clear All Lviv Li wrm Compression Select Al Jace L arj LI bzip2 O bz2 LJ cab los L gzip LJ rar LI sit LJ zip Clear All Executation Select All l bas bat L com L exe LJ inf Pair C reg Clear All E Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such
181. fter finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 21 Dr ay Te k Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WEAR 1 Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access Static IP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish Then the system status of this protocol will be shown 2 4 5 DHCP Click DHCP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard DHCP Client Mode WARM 1 If your ISP requires you to enter a specific host name or specific MAC address please enter it in HostName optional MAC E Jr 92 F5 61 optional After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Dr ay Tek 22 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface Physical Mode Physical Type Internet Access WANT Ethernet Auto negotiation DHCP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish Then the system status of this protocol will be shown 2 5 Online Status The online status shows the system status WAN status and other status related to this router within one page If you select PPPoE PPPoA
182. gh PPTP PPTP Server Specify the IP address of the PPTP L2TP server if you enable PPTP L2TP client mode ISP Access Setup Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page PPP Setup PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action IP Address Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each Assignment time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides Method IPCP service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address WAN IP Network Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain Settings the IP address automatically Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 31 Dr
183. gs here Select the service provider for the DDNS account Select a service type Dynamic Custom or Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen in the Domain Name field Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Type in the password that you set for applying domain 8 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved The Wildcard and Backup MX features are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Delete a Dynamic DNS Account Vigor2110 Series User s Guide E Dray Tek In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account 4 9 2 Schedule The Vigor router has a built in real time clock which can update itself manually or automatically by means of Network Time Protocols NTP As a result you can not only schedule the router to dialup to the Internet at a specified time but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours say business hours The sche
184. gt gt Security to choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode and access WPS again Below shows Wireless LAN gt gt WPS web page Wireless LAN gt gt WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Enable WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Information WPS Status Configured SSID DrayTek Authentication Mode Disable Device Configure Configure via Push Button Configure via Client PinCode Status The Authentication Mode is NOT WPA WPAS PSE Mote WPS can help your wireless client automatically connect to the Access point WPS is Disabled d WPS is Enabled Si Waiting for WPS requests from wireless clients Enable WPS Check this box to enable WPS setting WPS Status Display related system information for WPS If the wireless security encryption function of the router is properly configured you can see Configured message here Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 205 Dr ay Te k SSID Authentication Mode Configure via Push Button Configure via Client PinCode 4 13 6 WDS Display the SSID1 of the router WPS is supported by SSID1 only Display current authentication mode of the router Only WPA2 PSK and WPA PSK support WPS Click Start PBC to invoke Push Button style WPS setup procedure The router will wait for WPS requests from wireless clients about two minutes The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes Please
185. hange very frequently if it s dynamic Instead of that you will only have to using dial plan or directly dial your friend s account name if you are with the same SIP Registrar Peer to Peer Before calling you have to know your friend s IP Address The Vigor VoIP Routers will build connection between each other Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 47 Dr ay Te k Vigor VoIP Vigor VolP Router Router Our Vigor V models firstly apply efficient codecs designed to make the best use of available bandwidth but Vigor V models also equip with automatic QoS assurance QoS Assurance assists to assign high priority to voice traffic via Internet You will always have the required inbound and outbound bandwidth that is prioritized exclusively for Voice traffic over Internet but you just get your data a little slower and it is tolerable for data traffic 3 5 1 DialPlan This page allows you to set phone book and digit map for the VoIP function Click the Phone Book and Digit Map links on the page to access into next pages for dialplan settings VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup DialPlan Configuration Phone Book Digit Map Call Barring Regional PSTN Setup Phone Book In this section you can set your VoIP contacts in the phonebook It can help you to make calls quickly and easily by using speed dial Phone Number There are total 60 index entries in the phonebook for you to store all your friends and family members SIP addr
186. hared Key C Digital Signaturef 5095 Password secondts L2TP with IPSec Policy C Specify Remote Node Pemoate Client IP or Peer ISON Number orPeerID Pass Block Netbios Naming Packet Enable this account PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP Specify Remote Node Netbios Naming Packet Dray Tek IPSec Security Method Medium AH Hight ESF DES 3DES V AES Local ID optional Check the box to enable this function Idle Timeout If the dial in user is idle over the limitation of the timer the router will drop this connection By default the Idle Timeout is set to 300 seconds Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below Allow the remote dial in user to make an IPSec VPN connection through Internet Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the PSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection Check the checkbox You can specify the IP address of
187. he password field and the sign following them This is very similar to a URL so some may call it SIP URL SIP supports peer to peer direct calling and also calling via a SIP proxy server a role similar to the gatekeeper in H 323 networks while the MGCP protocol uses client server architecture the calling scenario being very similar to the current PSTN ISDN network After a call is setup the voice streams transmit via RTP Real Time Transport Protocol Different codecs methods to compress and encode the voice can be embedded into RTP packets Vigor V models provide various codecs including G 711 A u law G 723 G 726 and G 729 A amp B Each codec uses a different bandwidth and hence provides different levels of voice quality The more bandwidth a codec uses the better the voice quality however the codec used must be appropriate for your Internet bandwidth Usually there will be two types of calling scenario as illustrated below Calling via SIP Servers Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 177 Dr ay Tek Dray Tek First the Vigor V models of yours will have to register to a SIP Registrar by sending registration messages to validate Then both parties SIP proxies will forward the sequence of messages to caller to establish the session If you both register to the same SIP Registrar then it will be illustrated as below Proxy Proxy E a com b com J ime y Alice Bob sip alicewdraytel com sip bob draytel c
188. hen forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT 3 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most o
189. his is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss delay or jitter delay variation Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of interconnected circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates packets will queue up and traffic can be throttled back to a lower speed If there s no defined priority to specify which packets should be discarded or in another term dropped from an overflowing queue packets of sensitive applications mentioned above might be the ones to drop off How this will affect application performance There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deployment Classification Identifying low latency or crucial applications and marking them for high priority service level enforcement throughout the network Scheduling Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queues and associated service types The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify and schedule packets based on the service type information in the IP header For instance to ensure the connection with the headquarter a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 143 Dr ay Tek One more larger scale implementation of QoS network is to apply DSCP Differentiated Service Code Point and IP Precedence disciplines at Layer 3 Compared with legac
190. hod Medium Dray Tek Enter the IP address of the remote host that located at the other end of the VPN tunnel Enable PING to Keep Alive is used to handle abnormal IPSec VPN connection disruption It will help to provide the state of a VPN connection for router s judgment of redial Normally if any one of VPN peers wants to disconnect the connection it should follow a serial of packet exchange procedure to inform each other However if the remote peer disconnect without notice Vigor router will by no where to know this situation To resolve this dilemma by continuously sending PING packets to the remote host the Vigor router can know the true existence of this VPN connection and react accordingly This is independent of DPD dead peer detection Build a PPTP VPN connection to the server through the Internet You should set the identity like User Name and Password below for the authentication of remote server Build an IPSec VPN connection to the server through Internet Build a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial out VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy
191. hts Wireless LAN gt gt Access Control Access Control Enable Mac Address Filter EI SSID 1 TT SSID 2 O SSID 3 O SSID 4 MAC Address Filter Indes Attribute MAC Address Client s MAC Address T Attribute C s Isolate the station from LAN Enable Max Access Filter Select to enable the MAC Address filter for wireless LAN identified with SSID 1 to 4 respectively All the clients expressed by MAC addresses listed in the box can be grouped under different wireless LAN For example they can be grouped under SSID 1 and SSID 2 at the same time if you check SSID 1 and SSID 2 MAC Address Filter Display all MAC addresses that are edited before Client s MAC Address Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client Attribute s Isolate the station from LAN select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 203 Dr ay Te k Add Add a new MAC address into the list Delete Delete the selected MAC address in the list Edit Edit the selected MAC address in the list Cancel Give up the access control set up OK Click it to save the access control list Clear All Clean all entries in the MAC address list 4 13 5 WPS WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup provides easy procedure to make network connection between wireless station and wireless access point vigor router with the encryption of WPA and WPA2 Wireless Card Installed Connecti
192. ice to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account 1 Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password test 2 Inthe DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Setto Factory Default C Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Accounts Index Domain Name Active LL d Gi a x Clear All Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Check this box to enable DDNS function Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s Domain Name Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Active Display 1f this account is active or inactive View Log Display DDNS log status Force Update Force the router updates its information to DDNS server 3 Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Prov
193. ider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password fest Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 43 Dr ay Tek Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic DNS Account Service Provider dyndns org gww dyndns arg wi Service Type Login Name mas 64 characters Password max 23 characters TT Wildcards Ol Backup Mx Enable Dynamic Check this box to enable the current account If you did DNS Account check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 Service Provider Select the service provider for the DDNS account Service Type Select a service type Dynamic Custom or Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen in the Domain Name field Domain Name Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Login Name Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Password Type in the password that you set for applying domain 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved The Wildcard and Backup MX features are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites Disable the Function and Clear a
194. ificates please type characters in both fields of Encrypt password and Retype password Also you can use Restore to retrieve these two settings to the router whenever you want Certificate Management gt gt Certificate Backup Certificate Backup Restoration Backup Encrypt password Ir e Confirm password fo Click to download certificates to your local PC as a file Restoration Select a backup file to restore ee Fees Decrypt password Click to upload the file 4 12 VolP Voice over IP network VoIP enables you to use your broadband Internet connection to make toll quality voice calls over the Internet There are many different call signaling protocols methods by which VoIP devices can talk to each other The most popular protocols are SIP MGCP Megaco and H 323 These protocols are not all compatible with each other except via a soft switch server The Vigor V models support the SIP protocol as this is an ideal and convenient deployment for the ITSP Internet Telephony Service Provider and softphone and is widely supported SIP is an end to end signaling protocol that establishes user presence and mobility in VoIP structure Every one who wants to talk using his her SIP Uniform Resource Identifier SIP Address The standard format of SIP URI is sip user password host port Some fields may be optional in different use In general host refers to a domain The userinfo includes the user field t
195. ike to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only 85 Dray Tek S hitp 192 168 1 5 WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool Y 172 16 3 229 V Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them 4 1 3 Static or Dynamic IP For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Static or Dynamic IP mode from Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown Dray Tek 86 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Internet Access gt gt Static or Dynamic IP St
196. ing is public Notification Host IP Set the IP address of the host that will receive the trap community Trap Timeout The default setting is 10 seconds 4 14 8 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page system Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration If you want to reboot the router using the current configuration check Using current configuration and click OK To reset the router settings to default values check Using factory default configuration and click OK The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click OK to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpect errors of the router in the future Dray Te k 222 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 14 9 Firmware Upgrade Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools The following web page will guide you to upgrade firmware by using an example Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www draytek com or local DrayTek s web site and F
197. invoke this function A notice sound will appear to tell the user new phone call is waiting for your response Click hook flash to pick up the waiting phone call Check this box to invoke this function Click hook flash to initiate another phone call When the phone call connection succeeds hang up the phone The other two sides can communicate then Select one of five codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will be negotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G 711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G 711 Prefer Codec 3 7114 b4kK bps 3 711MU bAtk bps 3 7114 64k bps G 7294 8 Kbps G 723 6 4kbps Single Codec If the box is checked only the selected Codec will be applied Packet Size The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value is 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information Packet Size Voice Active Detector This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click off to close the function Voice Active Detector You can set SIP accounts up to six g
198. ion Choose Auto negotiation as the physical type for your router Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually 87 Dray Tek WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using hitp 192 168 1 5 WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer ET fl WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool Y E V Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data if yo
199. ion is successful you will find a green light on the right down corner 5 3 QoS Setting Example Assume a teleworker sometimes works at home and takes care of children When working time he would use Vigor router at home to connect to the server in the headquarter office downtown via either HTTPS or VPN to check email and access internal database Meanwhile children may chat on Skype in the restroom 1 Goto Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Status Bandwidth Directon ess Es Sass Others a BANANIN 1 a Control Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 259 2556 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Test Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 dit 2 Click Setup link of WAN Make sure the QoS Control on the left corner is checked And select BOTH in Direction Dray Te k 242 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Enable the Qos Control WAN Inbound WAN Outboundkese 3 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 1 by clicking Edit link Type the name E mail for Class 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service ass Index Name NO Status Local Address Remote Address DUAS Service Type CodePoint 16 Active Any Any IP precedence 2 TFTPEUDP 69 4 For this index the user will set reserved bandwidth eo 2
200. is Disable 33 Dray Tek 2 4 IP Address 2 Subnet Mask 2 DHCP Server RIP Protocol Control Dray Tek Type in secondary IP address for connecting to a subnet Default 192 168 2 1 24 An address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 You can configure the router to serve as a DHCP server for the 2nd subnet E http 192 168 1 5 Router Web Configurator Microsoft Internet Explorer 2nd DHCP Server IP Pool Counts bo max 10 Index Matched MAC Address given IP Address MAC Address ee ee Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the starting IP address must be 220 135 240 2 or greater but smaller than 220 135 240 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the number of IP addresses in the pool The maximum is 10 For example if you type 3 and the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the range of IP address by the DHCP server will be from 220 135 240 2 to 220 135 240 11 MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 2 DHCP server will help router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an IP address belonging to 1 subnet
201. ity for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for URL first then Web feature second Either Web Feature First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for web feature first then URL second Both Pass Both Pass Both Block Either URL Access Control First Either Web Feature First Log None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Dray Tek Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog 136 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide URL Access Control Vigor2110 Series User s Guide All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog Enable URL Access Control Check the box to activate URL Access Control Note that the priority for URL Access Control is higher than Restrict Web Feature If the web content match the setting set in URL Access Control the router will execute the action specified in this field and ignore the action specified under Restrict Web Feature Prevent web access from IP address Check the box to deny any web surfing activity using IP address such as http 202 6 3 2 The reason for this is to prevent someone
202. k You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only 2 hitp 192 168 1 5 WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer E A WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool Y 172 16 3 229 V Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them 3 1 3 Static or Dynamic IP For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Static or Dynamic IP mode from Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown Dray Tek 28 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Internet Access gt gt Static or Dynamic IP Static or Dynamic IP DHCP Client 4ccess Control Broadband Acc
203. k Add to Later the MAC address of the AP will be added to Bridge or Repeater field of WDS settings page 4 13 10 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Dray Te k 212 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Wireless LAN gt gt Station List Station List Status MAC Address Associated with Status Codes C Connected No encryption E Connected WEP P Connected WPA A Connected WPAG2 B Blocked by Access Control M Connecting F Fail to pass WPA PSK authentication Mote After a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will still be on the list until the connection expires Addto Access Control Client s MAC address T Add Refresh Click this button to refresh the status of station list Add Click this button to add current typed MAC address into Access Control Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 213 Dr ay Te k 4 14 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status Administrator Password Configuration Backup Syslog Time setup Reboot System Firmware Upgrade Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance 4 12 1 System Status The System Statu
204. k Settings so that Router A can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router B via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP ooon SCH first subnet to remote network you have to o Remote Network IP 192 168 2 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 More Ol Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 4 Settings in Router B in the remote office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup Dray Te k 234 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PPP DAP or CHAP Y When DHCP Disable set Authentication Start IP Address 192 168 2 200 ra aed ke MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup YPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Confirm Pre Shared key IPSec Security Method Medium
205. l be asked to copy onto your computer Remember the place of storing the execution file Go to www draytek com to find out the newly update firmware for your router Access into Support Center gt gt Downloads Find out the model name of the router and click the firmware link The Tools of Vigor router will display as shown below Tools Name Released Date Version os Support Model Download Router Tools 2112 2006 35 bWS wvindows All Model zip Smart VPN Client 18 08 2006 3 2 6 MS Windows All Model zip LPR a TOBS2005 1 0 MS Windows For Print Function zip VTA 15 09 2005 2 8 Windows 2000 XP For ISDN Model zip DialPlan 26 01 2008 2 5_lite MS Windows For VolP Model zip Choose the one that matches with your operating system and click the corresponding link to download correct firmware zip file Next decompress the zip file Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 251 Dray Tek 9 Double click on the icon of router tool The setup wizard will appear ie setup DrayTek Router Tools Y3 5 1 Welcome to the DrayTek Router Tools 3 5 1 Setup Wizard This will install DrayTek Router Tools S 5 1 on pour computer Iki recommended that you close all other applications before Continuing Click Nest to continue or Cancel to exit Setup Cancel 10 Follow the onscreen instructions to install the tool Finally click Finish to end the installation 11 From the Start menu open Programs and choose Router Tools XXX gt gt Firmware Upgrad
206. le Attack function Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is blocked Activating the DoS DDoS defense functionality might block some legal packets For example when you activate the fraggle attack defense all broadcast UDP packets coming from the Internet are blocked Therefore the RIP packets from the Internet might be dropped Check the box to activate the Block TCP flag scan function Any TCP packet with anomaly flag setting is dropped Those scanning activities include no flag scan FIN without ACK scan SYN FINscan Xmas scan and full Xmas scan Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams packets that exceed the maximum length To avoid this type of attack the Vigor router is designed to be capable of discarding any fragmented ICMP packets with a length greater than 1024 octets Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function This attack involves the perpetrator sending overlapping packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will hang once they re construct the packets The Vigor routers will block any packets realizing this attacking activity Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment function Any ICMP packets with more fragment bit set are dropped 118 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Block Unknown Protocol Warning Messages Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Check the box to activate the Block Unknown Protoc
207. le Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the items that not allowed to be used in the host Finally click OK to save this profile Dr ay Tek 130 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 6 9 P2P Object This page allows you to set 32 profiles for peer to peer application These profiles will be applied in CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile for filtering Objects Setting gt gt P2P Object Profile P P Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 17 PRESB ea a a e a Rr PP eee PFEPBEREEPREEPRSBEBEE Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details There are several items for P2P protocols provided here for you to choose to disallow people using Simple check the box es and then click OK Later in the CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile page you can use P2P Object drop down list to choose the proper profile configured here as the standard for the host s to follow Objects Setting gt gt P2P Object Profile Profile Index 1 profile Name Check for Disallow Protocol Applications C SoulSeek SoulSeek LJ eDonkey eDonkey eMule Shareaza FastTrack kaza BearShare iMesh OpenFT KCeasy FilePipe Gnutella BearShare Limewire Shareaza Foxy Cl OpenNap Lopster Nap WinLop BitTorrent BitTorrent BitSpirit BitComet LI Winny Winny Winks Share Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a
208. lear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Setup Profile Index 1 Mame Destination Port M ae Name Type a name for this profile Protocol Specify the protocol s which this profile will apply to Source Destination Port Source Port and the Destination Port column are available for TCP UDP protocol It can be ignored for other protocols The filter rule will filter out any port number Dray Te k 124 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this profile when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Below is an example of service type objects settings Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Service Type Object Profiles Index Name ie SIP S RTP H 4 5 4 Service Type Group This page allows you to bind several service types into one group Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Service Type Group Table
209. leshooting needs you can specify the filter log and or CSM log here by checking the box The log will be displayed on Draytek Syslog window Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here s http 4 192 168_ 1 5 docfipfgenady htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Firewall gt gt General Setup Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 1252 Latin Window size 65535 Session timeout 1440 Minute Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box fi DrayTek Syslog 3 9 1 197 168 1 1 z Wa Information Wh IP Fixed 72 16 2213 LAN Status T Packets Re Packets Wahl2 IP Fixed 20489 15285 Tool Setup Telnet Read ont Setup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Version 5 012600 RECOMMENDED CODEP AGE HU ONGEN Traditional Chinese Dei Us 21 Dep fe 008963 UUas pl DU 20 O0ae 52 O0b2 32
210. ll Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account 3 4 2 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features D ra y Ti e k 44 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Applications gt gt UPnP UPnP Enable UPnP Service C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Note If you intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings
211. lling information The information will update immediately when the Refresh button is clicked Fefresh Seconds Port It shows current connection status for the port of Phonel and Phone2 Status It shows the VoIP connection status IDLE Indicates that the VoIP function 1s idle HANG UP Indicates that the connection is not established busy tone CONNECTING Indicates that the user is calling out WAIT ANS Indicates that a connection is launched and waiting for remote user s answer ALERTING Indicates that a call is coming ACTIVE Indicates that the VoIP connection is launched Codec Indicates the voice codec employed by present channel PeerID The present in call or out call peer ID the format may be IP or Domain Elapse The format is represented as hours minutes seconds Tx Pkts Total number of transmitted voice packets during this connection session Rx Pkts Total number of received voice packets during this connection session Rx Losts Total number of lost packets during this connection session Rx Jitter The jitter of received voice packets Dr ay Tek 66 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide In Calls Accumulation for the times of in call Out Calls Accumulation for the times of out call Miss Calls Accumulation for the times of missing call Speaker Gain The volume of present call Log Display logs of VoIP calls 3 6 Wireless LAN This function is used for n models 3 6 1 Basic Concepts Ov
212. lt Profile Name Profile Name ai ji ai I Ia IN I Ia IM bw I bM NM ka Ja fe Or WE P 9 C ee oe Gd 9 e DS IC FeEeEePR EB err er P eee e Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile Profile Index 1 profile Name o IM Object P2P Object a Misc Object Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Dray Te k 134 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Each profile can contain three objects settings IM Object P2P Object and Misc Object Such profile can be applied in the Firewall gt gt General Setup and Firewall gt gt Filter Setup pages as the standard for the host s to follow 4 7 2 URL Content Filter Profile To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional fire
213. lt in DHCP server is enabled so it assigns every local NATed host an IP address of 192 168 1 x starting from 192 168 1 10 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 245 Dr ay Te k Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address Ss 7 3 wm mmm mmm mmm wm mmm wm mm ee iti Private Subnet Router IP Addres You can just set the settings wrapped inside the red rectangles to fit the request of NAT usage LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server Relay Agent O 1st Subnet 2nd Subnet Start IP Address 192 166 1 10 For NAT Usage ist IP Address 192 165 1 5 ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 For IP Routing Usage Enab Disable IP Pool Counts le Gi end IP Address Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 5 2nd Subnet Mask DHCP Server IP Address e DNR Server IP Address RIP Protocol Control C Force DNS manual setting Secondary IP Address fs To use another DHCP server in the network rather than the built in one of Vigor Router you have to change the settings as show below Dray Tek 246 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Internet Public IP Address 220 135 240 207 Private Subnet Router IP Address DHCP Server You can just set the settings wrapped inside the red rectangles to fit the request of NAT usage LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuratio
214. me provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias 27 Dray Te
215. mode you will find them in Aux WAN IP for your selection NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMF Host Setup WAM 1 Index Enable Aus WAN IP Private IP 1 a 172 16 3 229 OoOo Choose PC 2 O 162 168 1 55 Oooo Choose PC Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Dray Te k 104 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Choose PC Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host F niao a OX 142 168 1 10 132 168 118 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP 1 172 16 3 229 192 168 1 10 Choose PC 2 o 162 168 1 55 4 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the following page NAT gt gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory
216. n For NAT Usage O Enable Server Disable Server Ist IP Address 132 165 1 5 Relay Agent ist Subnet 2nd Subnet lst Subnet Mask 755 255 255 0 Start IP Address 192 166 1 10 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable IP Pool Counts 2nd IP Address 192 165 2 1 192 168 1 5 Gateway IP Address 2nd Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server IP Address rar Balai aan 192 168 35 11 Jnd Subnet DHCP Server ve DNS Server IP Address RIP Protocol Control Disable kal C Force DNS manual setting Secondary IP Address OoOo Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 247 Dray Tek 5 5 Calling Scenario for VoIP Function 5 5 1 Calling via SIP Sever Example 1 Both John and David have SIP Addresses from different service providers John s SIP URL 1234 draytel org David s SIP URL 4321 iptel org Settings for John DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 1111 Display Name David SIP URL 4321 iptel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name draytel Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm draytel org Proxy draytel org Act as outbound proxy unhecked Display Name John Account Number Name 1234 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Settings for David DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 2222 Display Name John SIP URL 1234 draytel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name iptel 1 Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 def
217. n the communication fee for you and remote people can be reduced In addition Vigor2110 series supports USB interface for connecting USB printer to share printer or USB storage device for sharing files Vigor2110 series provides two level management to simplify the configuration of network connection The user mode allows user accessing into WEB interface via simple configuration However if users want to have advanced configurations they can access into WEB interface through admin mode 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation Several main buttons appeared on the web pages are defined as the following S Save and apply current settings Cancel Cancel current settings and recover to the previous saved settings Clear Clear all the selections and parameters settings including selection from drop down list All the values must be reset with factory default settings Add Add new settings for specified item Edit Edit the settings for the selected item Delete Delete the selected item with the corresponding settings Note For the other buttons shown on the web pages please refer to Chapter 4 for detailed explanation Vigor2110 Series User s Guide l Dr ay Te k 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors Before you use the Vigor router please get acquainted with the LED indicators and connectors first 1 2 1 For Vigor2110 LED Status Explanation ACT Blinking The router is powered on and running Activity normally
218. n Domain this function can block incoming calls through Phone port from unrecognized domain that is not specified in SIP accounts Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Unknown Domain Enable Interface C Phonei TT Phones Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup O Note D the domain of the incoming call is different from the domain found in SIP accounts the call should be blocked For Block IP Address this function can block incoming calls through Phone port coming from IP address Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block IP Address Enable Interface C Phonet LJ Phone Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Ed KZ Note The incoming calls by means of IP dialing 9g 4 192 168 1 14 should be blocked Regional This page allows you to process incoming or outgoing phone calls by regional Default values common used in most areas will be shown on this web page You can change the number based on the region that the router is placed 184 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Dray Tek VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Enable Regional Last Call Return Miss Last Call Return In Call Forward All Act Call Forward Busy Act Do Not Disturb Act Hide caller ID Act Call Waiting Act Block Anonymous Act Block Unknow Domain Act Black IP Calls
219. n RFC 2138 The RADIUS server and client share a secret that is used to authenticate the messages sent between them Both sides must be configured to use the same shared secret Re type the Shared Secret for confirmation 154 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 9 4 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP UPnP Enable UPnP Service C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Mote If you intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Ser
220. n and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or none for selection Start Port Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host End Port Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host D ra y Ti e k 106 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 4 Hardware Acceleration Hardware base Acceleration Engine also named Protocol Processing Engine API is the function that Draytek provides to extremely speed up the NAT performance While the hardware acceleration mechanism is activated most of the bandwidth usage will be concentrated on the specific sessions which increase transmission speed to get ultimately accelerated Hardware Acceleration gt gt Setup Mode Protocol TCP UDP Option Accelerate most heavy traffic sessions Specific Hosts Index Enable Start port End port Private IP 3 e dbo 5 Jh LI Mode Disable Close hardware acceleration mechanism It is the default setting Auto Choose this option to execute this function automatically The router can detect heavy traffic session and accelerate that session to earn the bandwidth per requested Manual Choose this option to set rules manually You have to specify which protocol will be applied Then choose a prop
221. n e e E DEE 68 SE CU EE 71 IOA ay AUS E te EE 72 3 6 5 Advanced Setting iscseiiinitisorisininiainnn ana a iann ien AAEN Enana A a aiaa aa adai 13 3 6 6 WMM Configuration ccccccccccssssseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaaeseeeceeessaaeaeseeeeeeesssaaasseeeeeessssaagsaees 74 So ey Ter WE EE 75 3 7 System Mamtenance 76 Bel NY SION Er EE 76 are SOP AS ON WE 77 SE Time and RE 78 Ee REDO O51 NW arisini aE ea E eE aa E AE EADE AE 79 SO DENO rer 80 sD BG T OE ee N E se meuoseccenaceomteeeees 80 SERGE e Let 81 SE NAGS e EE 81 Admin Mode Operation c c cccssseccssseccessescsneecenneesenseeseaseesenseeeenseseenseseensesoenees 83 A1 re TEE ee 83 4 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol HihNetwork 83 ig E 84 A13 Static OF Dynamic E 86 7 WEN TER ce E E ee eee oe 88 IN EE 90 e eM rz Ko e CAN ME 90 EE UE e AE ce E mee eee ees E nee Ne eee E EA 92 rel et 95 E AN BE 98 E ere KAN EN 99 Eeer 100 4 3 1 Port REGIFECTION E 100 A 2 DMZ TAOS leei E EE A E ENE EE ENERE 103 4 3 3 e Re CC 105 4 4 Hardware Acceleration ccccccccccesccceesceceeeeeceueeccaeeeseeecseueecsaeeessaeeeseaeessaueesseeesseeesaeeeesens 107 le AM E T A E EEE E AE E AE N A E E fos svanaceis as E 108 4 5 1 Basics for Fuewall 108 BO 2 General o elU BE 110 A PIO CU BE 112 4 54 DOS EE Ee 117 4 6 8 16 ae 211119 8 EEN 120 Dray Tek vi Vigor2110 Series User s Guide A 6 1 IP Ooo 120 7a 02a ae 0 T eee ee ee eee eee eee ene E 122 4 6 3 Service
222. n preconfigured schedules VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Unknown Domain Enable Interface C Phonei TT Phones Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup O Note D the domain of the incoming call is different from the domain found in SIP accounts the call should be blocked For Block IP Address this function can block incoming calls through Phone port coming from IP address Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block IP Address Enable Interface C Phonet LJ Phone Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Ed KZ Note The incoming calls by means of IP dialing 9g 4 192 168 1 14 should be blocked Regional This page allows you to process incoming or outgoing phone calls by regional Default values common used in most areas will be shown on this web page You can change the number based on the region that the router is placed Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Dray Tek a VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Enable Regional Last Call Return Miss Last Call Return In Call Forward All Act Call Forward Busy Act Do Not Disturb Act Hide caller ID Act Call Waiting Act Block Anonymous Act Block Unknow Domain Act Black IP Calls Act Block Last Calls Act Last Call Return Miss Last Call Return In Last Call Return Out Call Forward All Act Call Forward Deact Call Forward Bu
223. n that your SIP Registrar server keeps your registration record Before the time expires the router will send another register request to SIP Registrar again If the router e g broadband router you use connects to internet by other device you have to set this function for your necessity NAT Traversal Support None Disable this function Stun Choose this option if there is Stun server provided for your router Manual Choose this option if you want to specify an external IP address as the NAT transversal support Nortel If the soft switch that you use supports Nortel solution you can choose this option Set Phone or Phone as the default ring port for this SIP account Choose a ring tone type for the VoIP phone call Ring Pattern D 17 P to bo This page allows user to set phone settings for Phone and Phone 2 respectively However it changes slightly according to different model you have Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 59 Dray Tek Dray Tek VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Phone List DTMF Relay Default SIP Account Gain Mic Speaker Call Feature tonu Port Codec Wiser Defined Wiser Defined Phone CWhiCT G 729A B 5 5 InBand Phonee CW CT G 729A B ELE InBand RTP C Symmetric RTP Dynamic RTP Port Start 10050 15000 IP precedence 5 we Dynamic RTP Port End RTP TOS 60 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Phone List RTP Port there are
224. nce you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed 3 5 VolP Voice over IP network VoIP enables you to use your broadband Internet connection to make toll quality voice calls over the Internet There are many different call signaling protocols methods by which VoIP devices can talk to each other The most popular protocols are SIP MGCP Megaco and H 323 These protocols are not all compatible with each other except via a soft switch server The Vigor V models support the SIP protocol as this is an ideal and convenient deployment for the ITSP Internet Telephony Service Provider and softphone and is widely supported SIP is an end to end signaling protocol that establishes user presence and mobility in VoIP structure Every one who wants to talk using his her SIP Uniform Resource Identifier SIP Address The standard format of SIP URI is sip user password host port Some fields may be optional in different use In general host refers to a domain The userinfo includes the user field the password field and the sign following them This is very similar to a URL so some may call it SIP URL SIP suppo
225. need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed Dray Tek 156 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 9 5 IGMP IGMP is the abbreviation of Internet Group Management Protocol It is a communication protocol which is mainly used for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast groups Applications gt gt IGMP IGMP LJEnable IGMP Proxy WANT ze IGMP Proxy is to act as a multicast proxy for hosts on the LAN side Enable IGMP Proxy if you will access any multicast group But this function take no affect when Bridge Mode is enabled LJ Enable IGMP Snooping Enable IGMP Snooping multicast traffic is only forwarded to ports that have members af that group Disable IGMP snooping multicast traffic is treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Refresh Working Multicast Groups Index Group ID Pi P P3 P4 Enable IGMP Proxy Check this box to enable this function The application of multicast will be executed through WAN or PVC port In addition such function is available in NAT mode Enable IGMP Snooping Check this box to enable this function Multicast traffic will be forwarded to ports that have members of that g
226. ng is available when WAN IP Alias is configured Local Computer Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or none for selection Start Port Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host End Port Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host 3 4 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications 3 4 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the D ra y Ti e k 42 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS serv
227. nted packets And it is used for Data Filter only Don t care No action will be taken towards fragmented packets Unfragmented Apply the rule to unfragmented packets Fragmented Apply the rule to fragmented packets Too Short Apply the rule only to packets that are too short to contain a complete header Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the rule Block Immediately Packets matching the rule will be dropped immediately Pass Immediately Packets matching the rule will be passed immediately Block If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be dropped Pass If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be passed through If the packet matches the filter rule the next filter rule will branch to the specified filter set Select next filter rule to branch from the drop down menu Be aware that the router will apply the specified filter rule for ever and will not return to previous filter rule any more All the packets connections within the range configured in the above conditions must follow the standard configured in the CSM profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of CSM profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify the filter log and or CSM log here Check the corresponding box to enable the log function Then the filter log and or CSM log will be shown on Draytek Syslog
228. o find ignorant services would respond Check the box to activate the Port Scan detection Whenever detecting this malicious exploration behavior by monitoring the port scanning Threshold rate the Vigor router will send out a warning By default the Vigor router sets the threshold as 150 packets per second Check the box to activate the Block IP options function The Vigor router will ignore any IP packets with IP option field in the datagram header The reason for limitation is ID option appears to be a vulnerability of the security for the LAN because it will carry significant information such as security TCC closed user group parameters a series of Internet addresses routing messages etc An eavesdropper outside might learn the details of your private networks Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to defense the Land attacks The Land attack combines the SYN attack technology with IP spoofing A Land attack occurs when an attacker sends spoofed SYN packets with the identical source and destination addresses as well as the port number to victims Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function The Vigor router will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo request Check the box to enforce the Vigor router not to forward any trace route packets Check the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function The Vigor router will drop any packets having SYN flag and more fragment bit set Check the box to activate the Block fragg
229. o remove the result on the window 4 15 8 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Protocol Host IP Address Result Clear Protocol Use the drop down list to choose the interface that you want to ping through Host IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host Run Click this button to start route tracing work Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 229 Dr ay Te k Dr ay Tek 230 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 6 Application and Examples 5 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter The most common case is that you may want to connect to network securely such as the remote branch office and headquarter According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a LAN to LAN profile These two networks LANs should NOT have the same network address ite Internet Router B 220 135 240 208 220 135 240 210 a Be Remote Branch Office Z r D 192 168 2 0 Headquarter ee 192 168 1 0 a Marketing Departme 192 168 Settings in Router A in headquarter 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote A
230. ocol type p1 number 1 as Queue Name Then click OK Next please refer to the red rectangle for choosing the correct protocol and UPR name Configure Standard CP IP Port Monitor Port Settings Port Name IP 192 168 1 1 1 Printer Name or IP Address 192 1 68 1 1 Protocol Baw LPR Raw Settings LPR Settings Queue Name kb CILPR Byte Counting Enabled C SNMP Status Enabled i Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 13 Dr ay Te k The printer can be used for printing now Most of the printers with different manufacturers are compatible with vigor router Note 1 Some printers with the fax scanning or other additional functions are not supported If you do not know whether your printer is supported or not please visit www draytek com to find out the printer list Open Support Center gt FAQ find out the link of Printer Server FAQ finally click the link of What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router Application Mot Contact Tech Support Trouble Shooting Downloads Corporate Products Center Info yor Center FAQ FAQ ISDA FAQ feoosose0 IF Filter FAQ eoor sed Printer Serwer FAQ oigas ge Corporate Products Center Information Center Support Center Contact us gt Support Center gt FAQ Print Server FAQ 04 Howdol configure LPR printing on Mac OS G oOp0d 17 05 hythere are some strange printouts when t
231. og Date Time Duration In Out Miss Account ID Peer ID rom OO vu bb mm 33 00 00 E 00 00 00 oo oO0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 DU DU OD 00 00 00 O0 O00 Oo0 00 ad 0 O0 00 Oo0 00 OO0 O0 moo coo oo CO Refresh Seconds Specify the interval of refresh time to obtain the latest VoIP calling information The information will update immediately Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 195 Dr ay Te k Port Status Codec PeerID Elapse Tx Pkts Rx Pkts Rx Losts Rx Jitter In Calls Out Calls Miss Calls Speaker Gain when the Refresh button is clicked Petresh Seconds It shows current connection status for the port of Phonel and Phone 7 It shows the VoIP connection status IDLE Indicates that the VoIP function 1s idle HANG UP Indicates that the connection is not established busy tone CONNECTING Indicates that the user is calling out WAIT ANS Indicates that a connection is launched and waiting for remote user s answer ALERTING Indicates that a call is coming ACTIVE Indicates that the VoIP connection is launched Indicates the voice codec employed by present channel The present in call or out call peer ID the format may be IP or Domain The format is represented as hours minutes seconds Total number of transmitted voice packets during this connection session Total number of received voice packets during thi
232. ol function Individual IP packet has a protocol field in the datagram header to indicate the protocol type running over the upper layer However the protocol types greater than 100 are reserved and undefined at this time Therefore the router should have ability to detect and reject this kind of packets We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message from Vigor router The user as a Syslog Server shall receive the report sending from Vigor router which is a Syslog Client All the warning messages related to DoS Defense will be sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon Look for the keyword DoS in the message followed by a name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Mail Alert Setup Enable EE Enable Server IP Address 192 168 1 5 SMTP Server Destination Port 514 Mail To Enable syslog message Return Path Firewall Log O Authentication YPN Log User Name _ User Access Log Password Call Log Enable E Mail Alert WAN Log DoS Attack Router DSL information IM P2P g DrayTek Syslog 3 7 0 Controls 192 168 1 1 w WAN Status Gateway IP Fixed TX Packets TX Rate Meder 172 16 3 4 ss ee TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed RX Packets RX Rate 4175 3668 172 16 3 229 2558 126 LAN Status Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Los
233. om The major benefit of this mode is that you don t have to memorize your friend s IP address which might change very frequently if it s dynamic Instead of that you will only have to using dial plan or directly dial your friend s account name if you are with the same SIP Registrar Please refer to the section 4 5 1 Peer to Peer Before calling you have to know your friend s IP Address The Vigor VoIP Routers will build connection between each other Please refer to the section 4 5 2 Vigor VoIP Vigor VolP Router Router Our Vigor V models firstly apply efficient codecs designed to make the best use of available bandwidth but Vigor V models also equip with automatic QoS assurance QoS Assurance assists to assign high priority to voice traffic via Internet You will always have the required inbound and outbound bandwidth that is prioritized exclusively for Voice traffic over Internet but you just get your data a little slower and it is tolerable for data traffic 178 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide T 3 dn E d n Fe 4 12 1 DialPlan This page allows you to set phone book and digit map for the VoIP function Click the Phone Book and Digit Map links on the page to access into next pages for dialplan settings VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup DialPlan Configuration Phone Book Phone Book Digit Map Call Barring Regional PSTN Setup In this section you can set your VoIP contacts in the phonebook It can h
234. on Profile Filter Black Ieg hateie ae Branch to Other Filler Set IERP Eiter WRL Comte ml Fildes eh Content Elter Edit OK Claar Cancel Advance Serung 116 Setio Factory Welan Conran ces E dil E Lea Syslog LI Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 5 4 DoS Defense As a sub functionality of IP Filter Firewall there are 15 types of detect defense function in the DoS Defense setup The DoS Defense functionality is disabled for default Click Firewall and click DoS Defense to open the setup page Firewall gt gt DoS defense Setup Dos defense Setup C Enable SYN flood defense Enable UDP flood defense C Enable ICMP flood defense C Enable Port Scan detection LJ Block IP options C Block Land CI Block Smurf C Block trace route C Block SYN fragment C Block Fraggle Attack Threshold Bo packets sec Timeout fio Sec Threshold en packets sec Timeout ho sec Threshold bo packets sec Timeout ho Sec Threshold en packets sec C Block TCP flag scan C Black Tear Drop C Block Ping of Death C Block ICMP fragment COl Block UnknownProtocal tr Enable Dos Defense Enable SYN flood defense Enable UDP flood defense Enable ICMP flood defense Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the
235. on method will be optionally employed in the router for the remote dial in user If the remote dial in user does not support the MPPE encryption algorithm the router will transmit no MPPE encrypted packets Otherwise the MPPE encryption scheme will be used to encrypt the data Optional MPPE w Optional MPPE Require MPPEMO 26 bit Maximum MPPEM128 bit Require MPPE 40 128bits Selecting this option will force the router to encrypt packets by using the MPPE encryption algorithm In addition the remote dial in user will use 40 bit to perform encryption prior to using 128 bit for encryption In other words if 128 bit MPPE encryption method is not available then 40 bit encryption scheme will be applied to encrypt the data Maximum MPPE This option indicates that the router will use the MPPE encryption scheme with maximum bits 128 bit to encrypt the data The Mutual Authentication function is mainly used to communicate with other routers or clients who need bi directional authentication in order to provide stronger security for example Cisco routers So you should enable this function when your peer router requires mutual authentication You should further specify the User Name and Password of the mutual authentication peer Enter a start IP address for the dial in PPP connection You should choose an IP address from the local private network For example if the local private network is 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 yo
236. on viaWPS Ce 8 Set SSID and gt Encryption WPA WPA2 PIN Code Note Such function is available for the wireless station with WPS supported It is the simplest way to build connection between wireless network clients and vigor router Users do not need to select any encryption mode and type any long encryption passphrase to setup a wireless client every time He she only needs to press a button on wireless client and WPS will connect for client and router automatically There are two methods to do network connection through WPS between AP and Stations pressing the Start PBC button or using PIN Code On the side of Vigor 2110 series which served as an AP press WPS button once on the front panel of the router or click Start PBC on web configuration interface On the side of a station with network card installed press Start PBC button of network card WLAN Card Dray Te k 204 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide If you want to use PIN code you have to know the PIN code specified in wireless client Then provide the PIN code of the wireless client you wish to connect to the vigor router PIN Code WLAN Card Define a PIN Code F s PIN Code of Station For WPS is supported in WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode if you do not choose such mode in Wireless LAN gt gt Security you will see the following message box Microsoft Internet Explorer Please click OK and go back Wireless LAN
237. one or Keyword Object None M or Keyword Object None M or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None ze or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None Web Feature Enable Restrict Web Feature Check this box to make the keyword being blocked or passed Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature Firs is selected Pass allows accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Cookie Check the box to filter out the cookie transmission from inside to outside world to protect the local user s privacy Proxy Check the box to reject any proxy transmission To control efficiently the limited bandwidth usage it will be of great value to provide the blocking mechanism that filters out the multimedia files downloading from web pages File Extension Profile Choose one of the profiles that you configured in Object Setting gt gt File Extension Objects previously for p
238. op RE 802 11b ghn 24GH C Enable IP Setting and Proxy Setting in Profile Ad hoc Channel p C Grup Roaming kie Power Save Mode Disable Tx Burst Disable WLAN type to connect Infrastructure and Ad hoc network Infrastructure network only O Adhoc network only C Automatically connect to non preferred networks Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site surveying The system allows you to set four sets of SSID for different usage In default the first set of SSID will be enabled You can hide it for your necessity This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most modern wireless network uses short 70 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 3 6 3 Security preamble with 56 bit sync field instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync field However some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Check it to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WEP and WPA Wireless LAN gt gt Security Settings Security Settings WPA Mode Encryption Mode WEP Pre Shared Key PSk TEI
239. opyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved 3 For user mode operation do not type any word on the window and click Login for the simple web pages for configuration Yet for admin mode operation please type admin admin on Username Password and click Login for full configuration V Notice If you fail to access to the web configuration please go to Trouble Shooting for detecting and solving your problem 4 The web page can be logged out according to the chosen condition The default setting is Auto Logout which means the web configuration system will logout after 5 minutes without any operation Change the setting for your necessity Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 15 Dr ay Te k Auto Logout ha Auta Logout 2 3 Changing Password No matter user mode operation or admin mode operation please change the password for the original security of the router l Dray Tek Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password Please type admin admin on Username Password for admin mode Otherwise do not type any word both username and password are Null for user mode on the window and click Login on the window Now the Main Screen will appear e Vigor2770 Series Broadband Firewall Rountera Auto Logout System Status Dray Tek www draytek com Model Name Vigor2110 series Firmware Version 3 3 0_RC5 Build Date Time
240. or SSID 1 2 3 and 4 respectively After configuring the correct settings please click OK to save and invoke it By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WEP and WPA Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 201 Dr ay Te k Wireless LAN gt gt Security Settings SSID 1 SSID 2 SSID 3 SSID 4 WPA Encryption Mode TKIP Mode WPA WEP Dray Tek Type 8 63 ASCII character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsO1az2 or Ox655abed Encryption Mode key 1 Se eh Key 2 eS Key 3 ee Key 4 ee For 64 bit WEP key Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example AB312 or 0x4142333132 For 128 bit WEP key Type 13 ASCII character or 26 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example O123456789abc or Ox30313233354355356373839414243 There are several modes provided for you to choose Disable Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP lt Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA2 PSK Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be entered in PSK The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key
241. ordance with the type of the router you have 4 Goto System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Password User Password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password System Maintenance gt gt User Password User Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password 5 Enter the login password the default is blank on the field of Old Password Type New Password Then click OK to continue 6 Now the password has been changed Next time use the new password to access the Web Configurator for this router Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 17 Dray Tek Login 2 4 Quick Start Wizard Q Notice Quick Start Wizard for user mode operation is the same as for admin mode operation If your router can be under an environment with high speed NAT the configuration provide here can help you to deploy and use the router quickly The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is entering login password After typing the password please click Next Quick Start Wizard Enter login password Please enter an alpha numeric string as your Password Max 23 characters EES SR On the next page as shown below please select the appropriate Internet access type according to the information from your ISP For example you should select PPPoE mode if the ISP provides you PPPoE interface Then click Next for next step
242. ording to the information provided by your ISP Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would l
243. orm Submit a certificate request using a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Request a certificate for a smart card on behalf of another user using the Smart Card Enrollment Station You must have an enroliment agent certificate to submit a request for another user Import the X509 Local Certificate Requet text file Select Router Offline request or IPSec Offline request below Microsoft Catiificate Services jo Submit A Saved Request Paste a base64 encoded PKCS 10 certificate request or PKCS 7 renewal request generated by an external application such as a web server into the request field to submit the request to the certification authority CA Saved Request BEGIN CERTIFICATE BEOUEST MITBqjCCARNCAQAWOTELNAkKGALUEBHNCVFcxEDAO Baseb4 Encoded BokqhkiGOwOBCOEWUEXByZENzOGRyYX1LOZWsuYz9or Certificate Request A4GNADCBiQKBgQDOYB7wmZFEFhNS leQnGO3 kt PKCS 10 or 7 hx4bp89cUF 9d lo ACGGiIN tcBOckdcZaPFFYvIXcP3 elle Browse for a file to insert Certificate Template Administrator w Administrator Additional Attribut Authenticated Session Basic EFS _ EFS Recovery Agent Attributes JUser IPSEC Ofline request 2S Rauter Offline request Subordinate Certification Authority Web Server Submit gt Then you have done the request and the server now issues you a certificate Select Base 64 encoded certificate and
244. ote that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services Servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction 3 3 2 DMZ Host As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a Dray Tek 38 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMF Host Setup WAN 1 Private IP Choose PC MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host foo foo foo Joo J oa Mote When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN conn
245. other heat sources The housing and electronic components may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards Keep the package out of reach of children When you want to dispose of the router please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment We warrant to the original end user purchaser that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship or materials for a period of two 2 years from the date of purchase from the dealer Please keep your purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials we will at our discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor to whatever extent we deem necessary tore store the product to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal value and will be offered solely at our discretion This warranty will not apply if the product is modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions The warranty does not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors Defects which do not significantly affect the usability of the product will
246. ou create PPTP L2TP and L2TP over IPSec tunnel You can find it in CD ROM in the package or go to www draytek com download center Install as instructed After successful installation for the first time user you should click on the Step 0 Configure button Reboot the host Smart FPN Client 3 2 2 WinXP Sten D This step will add the ProhibitipSec registry value Eo computer in order to configure a LATRA IF Sec connection using a pre shared key or a L2TP connection For more infomation please read the article Or40262 in the Microsoft Knowledgement Base Configure Step 1 Dial ta ISP TF vou have already gotten a public IP you can skip this step ka SEH Step 2 Connect to VPN Server w EE x E Insert Remove Status Mo connection PPTP TSP a WPM a In Step 2 Connect to VPN Server click Insert button to add a new entry If an IPSec based service is selected as shown below 240 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Dial To FEN Session Name Office VPN Server IP HOST Nametsuch as 123 45 67 89 or Odratek com 192 165 1 1 User Mame Password Type of YPM PPTP C LZTP COL2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption bh PEALE YMA lenin Stketr 0 Use default gateway on remote network Cosi You may further specify the method you use to get IP the security method and authentication method If the Pre Share
247. p of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Check the Medium DES 3DES or AES box as the security method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is invoked You can uncheck it to disable it High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Local ID Specify a local ID to be used for Dial in setting in the LAN to LAN Profile setup This item is optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode 4 10 6 LAN to LAN Here you can manage LAN to LAN connections by maintaining a table of connection profiles You may set parameters including specified connection direction dial in or dial out connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router supports 2 VPN tunnels simultaneously and provides up to 32 profiles The following figure shows the summary table Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 165 Dr ay Tek VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Index Name ee lE e is Ee co Pim ie ee ie Te K K Set to Factory Default Name Status Status Click to clear all indexes d ES Ea Bal a Es Ra x a
248. popped up as shown below D ra y Ti e k 216 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide system Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file ee Click Restore to upload the file Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Backup button to get into the following dialog Click Save button to open another dialog for saving configuration as a file File Dewnload i You are downloading the File config chg From 192 168 1 1 Would you like to open the file or save it to your computer Always ask before opening this type of tile 3 In Save As dialog the default filename is config cfg You could give it another name by yourself RW my Documents y My Computer Mu Recent Emy Network Places Documents APP ue CC Lite felt Eelst Desktop C TeleDanmark e 2 v2k2_232_config_1 My Documents g8 Mu Computer lt z File name config K Mu Network Save as type Configuration file wt i 4 Click Save button the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a file named config cfg v2k6_250_config_1 The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples The Mac or Linux platform will appear different windows but the backup function is still available Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 217 Dr ay Te k Note Backup for Certification must be done independently Th
249. pplicable networks on your product Dray Tek iv Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Table of Contents 1 EE ee 1 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation cccccccccccccececseeeseeeeeeeesesaeeeceeeeessaaeaeseseeeeessuaaaeees 1 1 2 LED Indicators and CGonpnechors 2 Tei FOr Vigor 2i TO WEE 2 NG FOr VIgOr2 TIO e a EET 4 E ee ele Te Ku ME 6 1 3 Hardware Installation EE 8 stand Metalai E 9 1 4 Printer Installation 20 0 cccccccsseeceeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeecsaeeeeseaeeeeseeseeessageeessaeeeseaseeessaneesssanseeeensess 10 Configuring Te dl E 15 2 1 Two Level Management 15 2 2 FCC SS SING Wep Mie 15 23 Changing cS WV ONO ME 16 ZAC ol A VIZ EG EE 18 ER A EE 19 Oe H EEN 20 MI EEN 21 PSD n O eases es oc dnd ebe ege 22 PF ESE N GS sts E A veins toca E a a neared A pence Ue Sadan 23 2 6 SAVING e te re 24 User Mode Operation ivsvsis cas trccndneesasedesansecuasacssdvacasaemessaneesasnsesnaiwesasnmoasateesaneccsnaness 25 ell Late 25 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol HiNetwork 25 CN a al E 26 EECH 28 E TR E 30 E EE 32 3r TEA CSOT EAN eea ba inectsanttoatsdinmaadanbehemsnitestenntaphiiaakedtot E 32 SEAE E e Ee e i EE 33 CRT WEE 36 331 Porn elle EE 36 2o L DMZ e 38 333 Open PONS eege Eege EE aes EEEN EE EnA 41 APON CANONS E 42 SR DVC RT 42 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide X Dr ay Te k SI SE 44 Ce EE 46 ao Fo ER EE 48 SFO Pane pak 2191616 Mie EE 56 E PONE EE 59 SE EEN 65 36 Wireless LAN E 67 O BC ee 67 RAE E
250. profile and check all the items of file extension that will be processed in the router Finally click OK to save this profile Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 129 Dr ay Te k 4 6 8 IM Object This page allows you to set 32 profiles for Instant Messenger These profiles will be applied in CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile for filtering Objects Setting gt gt IM Object Profile IM Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 17 d 18 a 13 4 20 J AP 6 22 Ze 23 D 24 o 3 10 26 12 28 15 31 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details There are several types of Instant Messenger IM provided here for you to choose to disallow people using Simple check the box es and then click OK Later in the CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile page you can use IM Object drop down list to choose the proper profile configured here as the standard for the host s to follow Objects Setting gt gt IM Object Profile Profile Index 1 profile Name O Check for Disallow IM Application VoIP RADIO C ahooIM OAIM Oco skype joo LJichat LJJabber GoogleTalk L Googlechat SIP Web IM more than one address eMessenger WebMSH meebo eBuddy ILovelM ICO Java ICO Flash goowyi IMbaha qetMessenqel JWebIM URLs TT SES es IMUnitive Wablet mabber MSN G0 KoollM MessengerF X MessengerAdictos WebYahoolM Profi
251. r Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually 29 Dray Tek WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using hitp 192 168 1 5 WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer ET fl WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool Y E V Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data if you want to use Static IP mode IP Address Type the IP address
252. rnet Explorer HoR Service Type Edit Service Type User defined k Protocol TCP UDP e Destination Port M EE Service Group or Service Object or Service Object or Service Object To set the service type manually please choose User defined as the Service Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the service type from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Service Type User defined User defined Group and Objects Protocol Specify the protocol s which this filter rule will apply to Source Destination Port when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this service type LH when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Service Group Object Use the drop down list to choose the one that you want 114 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Fragments Filter Branch to other Filter Set Content Security Management SysLog Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Specify the action for fragme
253. ropriate NAT settings such as DMZ or open port VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Access Control Setup Remote Access Control Setup Enable PPTP VPN Service Enable IPSec VPN Service Enable L2TP YPN Service Note If you intend running a YPN server inside your LAN you should uncheck the appropriate protocol above to allow pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings 4 10 2 PPP General Setup This submenu only applies to PPP related VPN connections such as PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPPZ MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users bd When DHCP Disable set Dial In PPP PAP or CHAP Y d Authentication Start IP Address 192 168 1 200 ee cena MPPE Optional MPPE ka Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 159 Dr ay Te k Dial In PPP Authentication PAP Only PAP or CHAP Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Start IP Address 4 10 3 IPSec General Setup Select this option to force the router to authenticate dial in users with the PAP protocol Selecting this option means the router will attempt to authenticate dial in users with the CHAP protocol first If the dial in user does not support this protocol it will fall back to use the PAP protocol for authentication This option represents that the MPPE encrypti
254. rotocol WAN IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP automatically Enter the description of the specific network service Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Select the WAN IP used for port redirection There are eight WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port redirection The default setting is All which means all the incoming data from any port will be redirected to specified range of IP address and port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal host N
255. roup Disabling IGMP snooping will make multicast traffic treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Group ID This field displays the ID port for the multicast group The available range for IGMP starts from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 254 P1 to P4 It indicates the LAN port used for the multicast group Refresh Click this link to renew the working multicast group status If you check Enable IGMP Proxy you will get the following page All the multicast groups will be listed and all the LAN ports P1 to P4 are available for use 4 9 6 Wake on LAN A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects When a user wants to wake up a specified PC through the router he she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC on this web page of Wake on LAN of this router In addition such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function By the way WOL function must be set as Enable on the BIOS setting Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 157 Dr ay Te k Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Wake by Mote Wake on LAN integrates with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through ID IP Address mac address i Result Valid subcommands are admin erg ftpd domainname iface nare passwd reboot Aautoreboot cornmtnit Two types provide for you to wake up the binded IP If you choose Wake by MAC Address you have to type the correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address boxes
256. roups on SIP Account page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this phone setting Play dial tone only when account registered Check this box to invoke the function 63 Dray Tek In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOff1 TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn1 and TOn2 represent sound on TOffl and TOff2 represent the sound off VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Advance Settings gt gt Phonel Tone Settings Region User Defined Caller ID Type FSK_ETsI Ke Low Freq High Freq Toni T off 1 Ton 2 T off 2 Hz Dial tone H Ringing tone O Busy tone 400 Congestion tone Volume Gain Mic Gaing1 105 Speaker Gain 1 10 MISC Dial Tone Power Level 1 50 Ring Frequency 10 SOH2Z Region Dray Tek Hz msec msec msec msec Wu fe E BN CH ta CH I hI CH E CH l DTMF Payload Type RFC2833 101 Select the proper region which you are lo
257. rts peer to peer direct calling and also calling via a SIP proxy server a role similar to the gatekeeper in H 323 networks Dr ay Tek 46 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide while the MGCP protocol uses client server architecture the calling scenario being very similar to the current PSTN ISDN network After a call is setup the voice streams transmit via RTP Real Time Transport Protocol Different codecs methods to compress and encode the voice can be embedded into RTP packets Vigor V models provide various codecs including G 711 A u law G 723 G 726 and G 729 A amp B Each codec uses a different bandwidth and hence provides different levels of voice quality The more bandwidth a codec uses the better the voice quality however the codec used must be appropriate for your Internet bandwidth Usually there will be two types of calling scenario as illustrated below Calling via SIP Servers First the Vigor V models of yours will have to register to a SIP Registrar by sending registration messages to validate Then both parties SIP proxies will forward the sequence of messages to caller to establish the session If you both register to the same SIP Registrar then it will be illustrated as below a i A Proxy Proxy S E an R a a com b com a cs b a e i Alice Bob sip alicewdraytel com sip bob draytel com The major benefit of this mode is that you don t have to memorize your friend s IP address which might c
258. ry to print my documents through Viqore104P f 23 06 bat hees of printers are compatible with Vigor router reoosos44 Of hatare the limitations in the USB Printer Port of Vigor Router Note 2 Vigor router supports printing request from computers via LAN ports but not WAN port Dr ay Tek 14 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 2 Configuring Basic Settings For using the router properly it is necessary for you to change the password of web configuration for security and adjust primary basic settings 2 1 Two Level Management This chapter explains how to setup a password for an administrator user and how to adjust basic advanced settings for accessing Internet successfully For user mode operation do not type any word on the window and click Login for the simple web pages for configuration Yet for admin mode operation please type admin admin on Username Password and click Login for full configuration 2 2 Accessing Web Page 1 Make sure your PC connects to the router correctly Q Notice You may either simply set up your computer to get IP dynamically i from the router or set up the IP address of the computer to be the same subnet as the default IP address of Vigor router 192 168 1 1 For the detailed information please refer to the later section Trouble Shooting of the guide 2 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The following window will be open to ask for username and password C
259. s From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 83 Dr ay Te k What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization is required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of di
260. s gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication Depot 995 C Enable this account Idle Timeout 300 second s IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key C PPTP S IPSec Tunnel COl Digital Signature x 509 CI LeTP with IPSec Policy C Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISON Number IPSec Security Method Cl egen Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block ENEE Allowed Dial In Type If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 239 Dr ay Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index Na 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account Idle Timeout a00 second s Allowed Dial In Type PPTP C IPSec Tunnel I L2TP with IPSec Policy O Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISON Number orpeerD Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block Username ere IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature 509 Password IPSec Security Method Mediumt AH HighfESP DES V 3DES V AES Local ID optional Settings in the remote host 1 3 Dray Tek For Win98 ME you may use Dial up Networking to create the PPTP tunnel to Vigor router For Win2000 XP please use Network and Dial up connections or Smart VPN Client complimentary software to help y
261. s User s Guide Mixed Mode Green Field O 20 20 40 long auto Disable Enable Mixed Mode the router can transmit data with the ways supported in both 802 1 1a b g and 802 11n standards However the entire wireless transmission will be slowed down if 802 11g or 802 1 1b wireless client is connected Green Field to get the highest throughput please choose such mode Such mode can make the data transmission happening between 11n systems only In addition it does 29 Dray Tek not have protection mechanism to avoid the conflict with neighboring devices of 802 1 1a b g Channel Bandwidth 20 the router will use 20Mhz for data transmission and receiving between the AP and the stations 20 40 the router will use 20Mhz or 40Mhz for data transmission and receiving according to the station capability Such channel can increase the performance for data transit Guard Interval It is to assure the safety of propagation delays and reflections for the sensitive digital data If you choose auto as guard interval the AP router will choose short guard interval increasing the wireless performance or long guard interval for data transmit based on the station capability Aggregation MSDU Aggregation MSDU can combine frames with different sizes It is used for improving MAC layer s performance for some brand s clients The default setting is Enable 4 13 8 WMM Configuration WMM is an abbreviation of Wi
262. s are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be a
263. s connection session Total number of lost packets during this connection session The jitter of received voice packets Accumulation for the times of in call Accumulation for the times of out call Accumulation for the times of missing call The volume of present call Log Display logs of VoIP calls 4 13 Wireless LAN This function is used for n models only 4 13 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access Dray Tek 196 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 11n draft 2 protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps H
264. s provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation system Status Model Name Vigor2110 series Firmware Version 3 3 0 RCS Build Date Time Feb 11 2009 14 25 46 LAN 7 WAN MAC Address 00 50 7F 94 32 70 Link Status Connected 1st IF Address 192 168 1 5 MAC Address 00 50 7F 9 A 32 71 ist Subnet Mask D265 255 2550 Connection DHCP Client DHCP Server Yes IP Address 192 166 5 26 DAS 172 16 3 18 Default Gateway 192 168 5 1 VoIP Wireless LAN Port Profile Reg In Out MAC Address OO 50 f Ga 32 70 Phonel Mo o 0 Frequency Domain Europe Done Ho 00 Firmware version 1 8 1 0 8 SSID DrayTek Model Name Display the model name of the router Firmware Version Display the firmware version of the router Build Date Time Display the date and time of the current firmware build ADSL Firmware Version Display the ADSL firmware version LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface 1 IP Address Display the IP address of the LAN interface
265. scovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP Below shows the menu items for Internet Access 4 1 2 PPPoE To choose PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the internet please select PPPoE from the Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown Internet Access gt gt PPPoE PPPoE Client Mode PPPoE Setup PPP MP Setup PPPoE Link Enable Disable PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP ISP Access Setup Always On Username fo Idle Timeout fi second s Password OoOo IP Address Assignment Method Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup CIPcP _ WAN IP Alias 8 Fixed IP Wes No fOynarmic IP JE JE IL O Yes No Dy j WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP Detect Default MAC Address Bing IP f e Specify a MAC Address MAC Address TTL en fr 98 32 71 Dr ay Tek 84 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Enable Disable ISP Access Setup WAN Connection Detection PPP MP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters acc
266. sing VoIP and can be called out through PSTN line only To solve this problem this page allows you to set five sets of PSTN number for dialing without passing through Internet Please type the number in the field of phone number for PSTN relay VoIP gt gt PSTN Setup Default phone number for PSTW relay Enable BW DD DD phone number for PSTN relay Po Po Po Po Po Then check the Enable box to make the PSTN number available for dial whenever you need 4 12 2 SIP Accounts In this section you set up your own SIP settings When you apply for an account your SIP service provider will give you an Account Name or user name SIP Registrar Proxy and Domain name The last three might be the same in some case Then you can tell your folks your SIP Address as in Account Name Domain name Dray Tek 186 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide As Vigor VoIP Router is turned on it will first register with Registrar using AuthorizationUser Domain Realm After that your call will be bypassed by SIP Proxy to the destination using AccountName Domain Realm as identity VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Accounts List Index Profile Domain Realm Account Name Ring Port Status 1 LJPhonei LJPhonez 2 LJPhonei LJPhonez 3 Done Phonez2 4 Phone1 JPhone a LJPhonei LJPhonez S G COlPhonei Phone HD success registered on SIP server fail to register on SIP server WAT Traversal Setting STUN Server SIP PING Int
267. ssing categories For the service of voice or video image please set small value for AC_VI and AC_VO categories For the service of e mail or web browsing please set large value for AC_BE and AC_BK categories CWMin means contention Window Min and CWMax means contention Window Max Please specify the value ranging from to 15 Be aware that CWMax value must be greater than CW Min or equals to CWMin value Both values will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories The difference between AC_VI and AC_VO categories must be smaller however the difference between AC_BE and AC_BK categories must be greater It means transmission opportunity For WMM categories of AC_VI and AC_VO that need higher priorities in data transmission please set greater value for them to get highest transmission opportunity Specify the value ranging from 0 to 65535 It is an abbreviation of Admission control Mandatory It can restrict stations from using specific category class if it is checked Note Vigor2820 provides standard WMM configuration in the web page If you want to modify the parameters please refer to the Wi Fi WMM standard specification Uncheck default value the box means the AP router will answer the response request while transmitting WMM packets through wireless connection It can assure that the peer must receive the WMM packets Check the box means the AP router will not answer any response request for the transmi
268. stics gt gt View ARP Cache Table Ethernet ARP Cache Table IF Address Mic Address Wethios Mame 192 168 1 1 O0 50 7F C2 80 20 192 168 1 10 QOO OE i6 24 D5 a1 USER 680E162CE6 Clear Refresh Refresh Click it to reload the page Clear Click it to clear the whole table Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 225 Dray Tek 4 15 4 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table Refresh DHCP server Running Index IF Address Mic Address Leased Time HOST ID Index It displays the connection item number IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 15 5 NAT Sessions Table Click Diagnostics and click NAT Sessions Table to open the list page Diagnostics gt gt NAT Sessions Table WAT Active Sessions Table Refresh Private IP Port Pseudo Fort Peer IF Port Interface Dr ay Tek 226 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Private IP Port Pseudo Port Peer I
269. sy Act Setto Factory Default i LU bh J 00 Last Call Return Gut 14 2 tnumbert Call Forward Deact 73 l 0 number Call Forward No Ans Act 02 enumbert Do Not Disturb Deact 79 le i Hide caller ID Deact ow 56 BE Call Waiting Deact d zz ke Black Anonymous Deact oe 2 Block Unknow Domain mm ie Deact ya OU Block IP Calls Deact US 2 Sometimes people might miss some phone calls Please dial number typed in this field to know where the last phone call comes from and call back to that one You have finished an incoming phone call however you want to call back again for some reason Please dial number typed in this field to call back to that one Dial the number typed in this field to call the previous outgoing phone call again Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place Dial the number typed in this field to release the call forward function Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place while the phone is busy Call Forward No Ans Act Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming Do Not Disturb Act Do Not Distrub Deact Hide caller ID Act Hide caller ID Deact Vigor2110 Series User s Guide calls to the specified place while there is no answer of the connected phone Dial the number
270. t configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index RTP Symmetric RTP Check this box to invoke the function To make the data transmission going through on both ends of local router and remote router not misleading due to IP lost for Dr ay Tek 190 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide example sending data from the public IP of remote router to the private IP of local router you can check this box to solve this problem Dynamic RTP Port Start Specifies the start port for RTP stream The default value is 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End Specifies the end port for RTP stream The default value is 15000 RTP TOS It decides the level of VoIP package Use the drop down list to choose any one of them ID precedence 1 IP precedence 2 IP precedence 3 IP precedence 4 IP precedence 5 IP precedence b IP precedence AF Class Low Drop AF Class Medium Drop AF Class High Drop AF Classe Low Drop AF Classe Medium Drop AF Class High Drop AF Case Low Drop AF Case Medium Drop AF Case High Drop AF Class4 Low Drop AF Class4 Medium Drop AF Class4 High Drop EF Class RTP TOS Manual Detailed Settings for Phone Port Click the number link for Phone port you can access into the following page for configuring Phone settings VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Phonel Call Feature Codecs CT Hotline Prefer Codec G 7294 B Kbps Ol Session Timer ss Sec Single Codec Call Forwarding Disable we
271. te round trip times in milli seconds Minimum ms Maximum Ams Average Ams D Documents and Settings fae gt _ 3 Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt Ims TTL 255 will appear 4 Ifthe line does not appear please check the IP address setting of your computer For MacOs Terminal Double click on the current used MacOs on the desktop Open the Application folder and get into Utilities Double click Terminal The Terminal window will appear Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 0 ttl 255 time xxxx ms will appear ao i i Dray Tek 264 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide AGA Terminal bash 80x24 Last logins Sot dan 3 B2s24s18 on ttypi Welcome to Darwin Vionrig draytekd ping 192 165 1 1 PING 192 166 1 1 192 168 1 1 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 0 trl 255 Luef Eh w 64 bytes from 192 166 1 1 icmp seg 1 ttl 255 time 0 697 me 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seg 2 ttl 255 Fum HI me 64 bytes from 192 168 111 Comp zeg ttl 255 ti e s 731 me 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp seg 4 ttl 255 tie 0 i72 ie AC 197 466 4 4 ping statistics E pockets transmitted 5 packet received DN pocket loss round trip min gavgsmax DH D I ZA 725 6 755 we Vigoria draytekt f 6 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not Click Internet
272. terface Disable Click this radio button to close the connection through PPTP PPTP Server Specify the IP address of the PPTP L2TP server if you enable PPTP L2TP client mode ISP Access Setup Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page PPP Setup PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action IP Address Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each Assignment time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides Method IPCP service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address WAN IP Network Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain Settings the IP address automatically Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the IP address Subn
273. that in Network Information select the network adapter used to connect to the router Otherwise you won t succeed in retrieving information from the router Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 219 Dr ay Te k E DrayTek Syslog 3 6 1 Gateway IP Fixed TX Packets TX Rate Vigor series 0 0 LAN Status TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed RX Packets RX Rate Ce Fee eee ae Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Others Network Information Net State On Line Routers Host Name vivian IP Address Mask MAC NIC Description SiS 900 Based PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter Packet Sc 192 166 1 1 255 255 2 00 50 7F 54 6 KEE MAC Address 00 1 1 D8 E4 58 CE Default Geteway 192 168 1 1 IP Address 197 168 1 10 w DHCP Server 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask a es El SES Mon Jan 22 Lease Obtained 01 28 23 2007 o gt 168 95 1 1 DNS Servers Lease Expires Thu Jan 25 01 28 23 2007 ADSL Status el EN ae Eet Eee Bee 4 14 6 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time 2000 Jan 2 Sun 3 31 21 Time Setup Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Client Server IP Address pool ntp arg Time Zone SMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin Enable Daylight Saving F Automatically Update Interval Curr
274. that you want to execute special function according to the chosen mode by using the prefix number Min Len Set the minimal length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example if the dial number is between 7 and 9 that number can apply the prefix number settings here Max Len Set the maximum length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Interface Choose the one that you want to enable the prefix number settings from the saved SIP accounts Please set up one SIP account first to make this interface available Call Barring Call barring is used to block phone calls coming from the one that is not welcomed VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Setup Setto Factory Default Barring Number URL URI Interface Schedule Status Index Call Direction Barring Type a SBE e n e Pee N Ka Ka Ka Ka Ka Ka Ka Ka Ka Ka A A E S Y V bd E V V Advanced Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain Block IP Address Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page Dr ay Tek 52 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Index No 1 Enable Call Direction IN wi Barring Type Specific URI URL Ir Interface Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Enable Click this to enable this entry Call Direction Determine the direction for the phone call IN
275. the remote dial in user ISDN number or peer ID used in IKE aggressive mode Uncheck the checkbox This means the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings Pass Click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting 164 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel User Name This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Password This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above IKE Authentication Method This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity IPSec Security Method This grou
276. the screen Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window 3 8 3 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Protocol Host IP Address fo Ruri Result Clear Protocol Use the drop down list to choose the interface that you want to ping through Host IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host Run Click this button to start route tracing work Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 81 Dr ay Tek Dr ay Tek 82 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Admin Mode Operation This chapter will guide users to execute advanced full configuration through admin mode operation As for other examples of application please refer to chapter 5 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The window will ask for typing username and password 2 Please type admin admin on Username Password for administration operation Now the Main Screen will appear Be aware that Admin mode will be displayed on the bottom left side 4 SS ele 2110 Seriesi Dray Tek SE7oadband Firewall Router Weg E Lius ua Auto Logout System Status Model Name Vigor2110 series Firmware Version 3 3 0_RC5
277. the sound off Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 193 Dr ay Te k VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Advance Settings gt gt Phonel Tone Settings Region User Defined ig Caller ID Type FSK_ETSI r Low Freq High Freq Toni T off 1 Ton T off 2 Hz Hz msec msec msec msec Ringing tone 400 450 400 400 2000 200 Volume Gain D TME Speaker Gaint i 10 Payload TypetRFC2833 ior MISC Dial Tone Power Level 1 50 Ring Frequency 10 SOHZ Region Select the proper region which you are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone Tone Settings Region User Defined User Defined ov Speaker qslovakia MISC Switzerland rial Tore Dewaer Level d Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication Volume Gain Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is Dray Te K 194 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide MISC Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the loud
278. tics 3 8 1 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table Retresh DHCP server Running Index IF Address Mic Address Leased Time HOST ID 1 192 165 1 12 OO 1D 4F D5 1 39 4 16 43 820 iFod 3 Index It displays the connection item number IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Refresh Click it to reload the page Dr ay Tek 80 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 3 8 2 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN to ping through please select Unspecified Ping to Host IPM Ip Address o Run Result Clear Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you want to ping IP Address Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on
279. tificate Dray Tek ze Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 2 In Choose file to download click CA Certificate Current and Base 64 encoded and Download CA certificate to save the cer file Zb Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer MEE BRD SHO WA BOBBY IA KAW D G O HAG we drann gue A FEAE E hitp 172 16 2 179eertsrvicerteare asp 8 zs Bis se m t e ABS MAT NEA BTA G19 a Hotmail Qh Messenger M 91 MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Retrieve The CA Certificate Or Certificate Revocation List Install this CA certification path to allow your computer to trust certificates issued from this certification authority tis not necessary to manually install the CA certification path if you request and install a certificate from this certification authority because the CA certification path will be installed for you automatically Choose file to download CA Certificate Iert ODER encoded or Base 64 encoded Download CA certificate Download CA certification path Download latest certificate revocation list 3 Back to Vigor router go to Trusted CA Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and you will find the below illustration Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted Ca 1 ICSUSICN
280. tion via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc Internet SSID Draytek Channel 6 E e ond Mode WEP only gs TA 192 168 1 1 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 67 Dr ay Te k Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA
281. to Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name ie a 2 G ae i 4 D Web Content Filter Setup Select a server global shortest site Test a site to verify whether it is categorized Administration Message Max 255 characters lt hody gt ccenter gt lt br gt lt p gt The requested Web page has been blocked Hy Web Content Filter lt p Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt You can set eight profiles as Web content filter Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 139 Dr ay Te k CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name y Action Block Groups Categories Child Protection Chat Select All Cl Gambling Clear All Sex Leisure L Advertisernents Games Hobbies Personals Sparts Business Computing Internet Clear All L Remote proxies Others Education Select All News Clear All Usenet news Criminal LJ Hacking violence J Entertainment Cl Glamour Lifestyle Fhoto Searches ClStreaming Media Finance Real Estate Cl Search Engine Ll Hosting sites Ll Religion LJuncategorised sites Action categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set h
282. to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above PAP CHAP is the most common selection due to wild compatibility This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally set to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Pre Shared Key Input 1 63 characters as pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active 168 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Advanced Vigor2110 Series User s Guide High ESP Encapsulating Security Payload means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated Select from below DES without Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme DES with Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm
283. tocol C Enable RIP Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address fs 2 Check if WAN IP Network Settings is set appropriately 3 Check if IP Address Subnet Mask and Gateway are set correctly must identify with the values from your ISP if you choose Specify an IP address For PPTP Users 1 Check if the Enable option for PPTP Link is selected Internet Access gt gt PPTP PPTP Client Mode PPTP Setup PPP Setup PPTP Link Enable Disable PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP PPTP Server 10 0 0 138 VJ Always On ISP Access Setup Idle Timeout D second s Mass 123 IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP WAN IP Network Settings Password Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IP Address 10 0 0 150 Subnet Mask 255 0 0 0 2 Check if PPTP Server Username and Password are set correctly must identify with the values from your ISP Dr ay Tek 266 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 3 Check if WAN IP Network Settings are set properly If you select Specify an IP address you have to type in the values of IP Address and Subnet Mask manually Be sure the values that you type identify with the values from your ISP 6 5 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary Sometimes a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings Try to reset the router by software or hardware Such function is available in Admin Mode only Warning After
284. ttern 4 12 3 Phone Settings This page allows user to set phone settings for Phone 1 and Phone 2 respectively However it changes slightly according to different model you have VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Phone List Call Gain Default SIP DTKIF ay Pnn Feature Paneg i Mic Speaker Account Relay 1 Phoned CWLET Eeer LEET 5 5 InBand F RE Defined 2 Phone2 cWlET Eeer Ee GER 5 5 InBand Ge l Defined RTP C Symmetric RTP Dynamic RTP Port Start 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End 15000 ETP TOS IP precedence 5 v hooo Phone List Port there are two phone ports provided here for you to configure Phonel Phone2 allow you to set general settings for PSTN phones Please refer to Section 4 1 for detailed information of ISDN phone network connection Call Feature A brief description for call feature will be shown in this field for your reference Codec The default Codec setting for each port will be shown in this field for your reference You can click the number below the Index field to change it for each phone port Tone Display the tone settings that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Gain Display the volume gain settings for Mic Speaker that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Default SIP Account draytel_1 is the default SIP account You can click the number below the Index field to change SIP account for each phone port DTMF Relay Display DTMF mode tha
285. tting packets It will have better performance with lower reliability Vigor router can scan all regulatory channels and find working APs in the neighborhood Based on the scanning result users will know which channel is clean for usage Also it can be used to facilitate finding an AP for a WDS link Notice that during the scanning process about 5 seconds no client is allowed to connect to Vigor This page is used to scan the existence of the APs on the wireless LAN Yet only the AP which is in the same channel of this router can be found Please click Scan to discover all the connected APs Vigor2110 Series User s Guide T Dray Tek Wireless LAN gt gt Access Point Discovery Access Point List BSSIO Channel SSID Scan Note During the scanning process 5 seconds no station is allowed to connect with the router See Statistics 4ddto WDS Settings AP s MAC address III Bridge Repeater Scan It is used to discover all the connected AP The results will be shown on the box above this button Statistics It displays the statistics for the channels used by APs Wireless LAN gt gt Site Survey Statistics Recommended channels for usage 12345678910111213 AP number v s Channel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Channel Cancel Add to If you want the found AP applying the WDS settings please type in the AP s MAC address on the bottom of the page and click Bridge or Repeater Next clic
286. types for the router Check this box to use the same key set in Security Settings page If you did not set any key in Security Settings page this check box will be dimmed Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by 0x If you choose Bridge as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Yet please disable the unused link to get better performance If you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing If you choose Repeater as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Similarly if you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing Click Enable to make this router serving as an access point click Disable to cancel this function It allows user to send hello message to peers Yet it is valid only when the peer also supports this function This page allows users to set advanced settings such as operation mode channel bandwidth guard interval and aggregation MSDU for wireless data transmission Wireless LAN gt gt Advanced Setting HT Physical Mode Operation Mode Channel Bandwidth Guard Interwal Aggregation MSDUCA MSDU4 Operation Mode Vigor2110 Serie
287. u could choose 192 168 1 200 as the Start IP Address In IPSec General Setup there are two major parts of configuration There are two phases of IPSec gt Phase 1 negotiation of IKE parameters including encryption hash Diffie Hellman parameter values and lifetime to protect the following IKE exchange authentication of both peers using either a Pre Shared Key or Digital Signature x 509 The peer that starts the negotiation proposes all its policies to the remote peer and then remote peer tries to find a highest priority match with its policies Eventually to set up a secure tunnel for IKE Phase 2 gt Phase 2 negotiation IPSec security methods including Authentication Header AH or Encapsulating Security Payload ESP for the following IKE exchange and mutual examination of the secure tunnel establishment Dray Tek 160 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide There are two encapsulation methods used in IPSec Transport and Tunnel The Transport mode will add the AH ESP payload and use original IP header to encapsulate the data payload only It can just apply to local packet e g L2TP over IPSec The Tunnel mode will not only add the AH ESP payload but also use a new IP header Tunneled IP header to encapsulate the whole original IP packet Authentication Header AH provides data authentication and integrity for IP packets passed between VPN peers This is achieved by a keyed one way hash function to the packet to create a message
288. u want to use Static IP mode IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field DNS Server IP Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Address Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future 4 1 4 PPTP L2TP To use PPTP L2TP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose PPTP L2TP from Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown Dray Tek 88 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Internet Access gt gt PPTP PPTP Client Mode PPTP Setup PPP Setup PPTP Link Enable Disable PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP ze r ISP Access Setup Idle Timeout D second s TE 123 ue Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IF Password Cee ee Fized IP Address fs Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup WAN IP Network Settings SC Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address ID Address 172 165 2239 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 PPTP Setup Enable Click this radio button to enable a PPTP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN in
289. uide 175 Dr ay Te k 4 11 2 Trusted CA Certificate Trusted CA certificate lists three sets of trusted CA certificate Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Mame Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 m Trusted CA 2 EE SC Trusted CA 3 SS IMPORT REFRESH To import a pre saved trusted CA certificate please click IMPORT to open the following window Use Browse to find out the saved text file Then click Import The one you imported will be listed on the Trusted CA Certificate window Then click Import to use the pre saved file Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate Import X509 Trusted CA Certificate Select a trusted CA certificate file ees Click Import to upload the certification For viewing each trusted CA certificate click View to open the certificate detail information window If you want to delete a CA certificate choose the one and click Delete to remove all the certificate information E http ff192 168 1_5 Certificate Information Microsoft Internet Explorer Certificate Detail Information Certificate Name Trusted C i Valid From Valid To Close Dr ay Tek 176 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 11 3 Certificate Backup Local certificate and Trusted CA certificate for this router can be saved within one file Please click Backup on the following screen to save them If you want to set encryption password for these cert
290. use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Status System Uptime 5 11 9 LAN Status IP Address RA F 192 168 1 5 9326 9487 If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection 94 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide There are two common scenarios of LAN settings that stated in Chapter 4 For the configuration examples please refer to that chapter to get more information for your necessity
291. uter A 192 168 1 2 Before setting Static Route user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 95 Dr ay Te k 3 Dray Tek Internet Set Router C Static Route 192 168 1 1 Go to LAN page and click General Setup select 1st Subnet as the RIP Protocol Control Then click the OK button Note There are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on Ist Subnet The first is that the LAN interface can exchange RIP packets with the neighboring routers via the Ist subnet 192 168 1 0 24 The second is that those hosts on the internal private subnets ex 192 168 10 0 24 can access the Internet via the router and continuously exchange of IP routing information with different subnets Click the LAN Static Route and click on the Index Number 1 Check the Enable box Please add a static route as shown below which regulates all packets destined to 192 168 10 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 2 Click OK LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable a Destination IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Network Interface Return to Static Route Setup page Click on another Index Number to add another static route as show below which regulates all packets destined to 211 100 88 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 3 96 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide LAN gt gt Static Route Setup In
292. vice After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Address e Network Connections T IP Broadband Connection on Router Status BIER Broadband ee ea Network Tasks General o j hinet LA Create anew connection we Disconnected Z Set up a home or small E WAR Miniport PPPOE Intermet Gateway office network Status Connected _Dial up Durations 00 19 06 See Also A teg Speed 100 0 Mbps i Network Troubleshooter D Disconnected Y e K DrayTek ISDN PPP Arten Internet Internet Gateway My Computer Other Places Internet Gateway wl w RN R G Control Panel IP Broadband Connection on i g Router Ki My Network Places lt i Backes Lj My Documents Sent 404 fad d My Computer E Received 1115 BBE LAN or High Speed Internet Properties Disable Details Local Area Connection eet Enabled L Realtek RTLB139 810x Family Close Network Connections System Folder The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are
293. vigar Mot Yet Yalic View Delete Trusted CA 2 Vl w Delete Trusted CA 3 Vl w Delete IMPORT REFRESH 4 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Name Trusted CA Issuer ICGUlGoiChwig0ot Subject ICsUSitehl vigar Subject Alternative Name Valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid Ta Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Close ONS draytek com Note Before setting certificate configuration please go to System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date to reset current time of the router first Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 259 Dr ay Tek Dr ay Tek 260 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Trouble Shooting This section will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet after installing the router and finishing the web configuration Please follow sections below to check your basic installation status stage by stage Checking if the hardware status is OK or not Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not Pinging the router from your computer Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not Backing to factory default setting if necessary If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally it is the time for you to contact your dealer for advanced help 6 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status 1 Check th
294. wall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system For example if you add key words such as sex Vigor router will limit web access to web 29 99 sites or web pages such as www sex Com www backdoor net images sex p_386 html Or you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as www sex com or sex com Also the Vigor router will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code Click CSM and click URL Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile URL Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Mame Profile Mame 1 De H b 3 I 4 D Administration Message Max 255 characters lt hody gt lt center gt lt br gt lt p gt The requested Web page has been blocke
295. wever a phone set connected to Phone 2 port can be used as the traditional telephone for the line will be guided to land line jack via the router loop through Dr ay Tek 8 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Stand Installation The Vigor2110 must be placed erectly Therefore you have to install a stand onto the router to make it standing firmly Please follow the figures listed below to finish the installation Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 9 Dr ay Tek 1 4 Printer Installation You can install a printer onto the router for sharing printing All the PCs connected this router can print documents via the router The example provided here is made based on Windows XP 2000 For Windows 98 SE Vista please visit www draytek com Di Printer Name 192 168 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Printer Before using it please follow the steps below to configure settings for connected computers or wireless clients 1 Connect the printer with the router through USB parallel port 2 Open Start gt Settings gt Printer and Faxes EG Documents d Settings B Control Panel Ki Network Connections amp Printers and Faxes Help and Support of Taskbar and Start Menu Search Run Log OFF coco lee Turn OFF Computer H Start P a 4 d Internet Explorer 7 Mad 3 Open File gt Add Printer A welcome dialog will appear Please click Next Dray Tek 10 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Add Printer Wizard Wel
296. whole network with merely Vigor router s effort In the Bandwidth Management menu click Quality of Service to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Status Bandwidth Directon Gass Class klass Others REESEN 1 2 a Control Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 dit This page displays the QoS settings result of the WAN interface Click the Setup link to access into next page for the general setup of WAN interface As to class rule simply click the Edit link to access into next for configuration You can configure general setup for the WAN interface edit the Class Rule and edit the Service Type for the Class Rule for your request Dray Te k 144 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide General Setup for WAN Interface When you click Setup you can configure the bandwidth ratio for QoS of the WAN interface There are four queues allowed for QoS control The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity Yet the last one is reserved for the packets which are not suitable for the user defined class rules Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Enable the Qos Control WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 Class 2
297. wi SS File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Network wi Steg Packet Scheduler Ug nemel Pratocal TEFAF bx Install Lleurslza Properties Description Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks Show icon in notification area when connected Notify me when this connection has limited or no connectivity Dray Te k 262 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 4 Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address automatically Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General _Altemate Configuration i You can get IF settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Othenvise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically C 3 Use the following IP address For MacOs 1 Double click on the current used MacOs on the desktop 2 Open the Application folder and get into Network 3 On the Network screen select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure Pv4 e a0 Network A e E Show All Displays Sound Network Startup Disk Location Automatic Show Built in Ethernet TCP IP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies Ethernet IP Address S SS Renew DHCP Lease Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Client ID If required Router 192 168 1 1
298. width Management gt gt Quality of Service User Defined Service Type NO Name Protocol Port 1 Empty Dr ay Tek 148 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide For adding a new service type click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Service Type Edit Port Configuration Type Single Range Fort Number bo bo Service Name Type in a new service for your request Service Type Choose the type TCP UDP or TCP UDP for the new service Port Configuration Click Single or Range as the Type If you select Range you have to type in the starting port number and the end porting number on the boxes below Port Number Type in the starting port number and the end porting number here if you choose Range as the type By the way you can set up to 40 service types If you want to edit delete an existed service type please select the radio button of that one and click Edit Edit for modification Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 149 Dr ay Te k 4 9 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications E UERN S otis 4 9 1 Dynamic DNS CR ae ind W ra K l GCEk The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to up
299. will be changed to 88631111111 and sent to SIP server Mode Replace ze Repl OP Number The front number you type here is the first part of the account number that you want to execute special function according to the chosen mode by using the prefix number Min Len Set the minimal length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example if the dial number is between 7 and 9 that number can apply the prefix number settings here Max Len Set the maximum length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Interface Choose the one that you want to enable the prefix number settings from the saved SIP accounts Please set up one SIP account first to make this interface available Call Barring Call barring is used to block phone calls coming from the one that is not welcomed VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Setup Setto Factory Default Barring Number URL URI Interface Schedule Status Index Call Direction Barring Type a SBE e n e Pee N Ka Ka Ka Ka Ka Ka Ka Ka Ka Ka A A E S Y V bd E V V Advanced Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain Block IP Address Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page Dray Te k 182 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Index No 1 Enable Call Direction IN wi Barring Type Specific URI URL
300. without passing through Internet Please type the number in the field of phone number for PSTN relay VoIP gt gt PSTN Setup Default phone number for PSTW relay Enable BW DD DD phone number for PSTN relay Po Po Po Po Po Then check the Enable box to make the PSTN number available for dial whenever you need 3 5 2 SIP Accounts In this section you set up your own SIP settings When you apply for an account your SIP service provider will give you an Account Name or user name SIP Registrar Proxy and Domain name The last three might be the same in some case Then you can tell your folks your SIP Address as in Account Name Domain name Dray Tek 56 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide As Vigor VoIP Router is turned on it will first register with Registrar using AuthorizationUser Domain Realm After that your call will be bypassed by SIP Proxy to the destination using AccountName Domain Realm as identity VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Accounts List Index Profile Domain Realm Account Name Ring Port Status 1 LJPhonei LJPhonez 2 LJPhonei LJPhonez 3 Done Phonez2 4 Phone1 JPhone a LJPhonei LJPhonez S G COlPhonei Phone HD success registered on SIP server fail to register on SIP server WAT Traversal Setting STUN Server SIP PING Interval 150 Sec Index Click this link to access into next page for setting SIP account Profile Display the profile name of the account Domain Re
301. x listed on this web page to send the corresponding message of firewall VPN User Access Call WAN Router DSL information to Syslog Enable Alert Setup Check Enable to activate function of mail alert Send a test e mail Make a simple test for the e mail address specified in this page Please assign the mail address first and click this button to execute a test for verify the mail address is available or not SMTP Server The IP address of the SMTP server Mail To Assign a mail address for sending mails out Return Path Assign a path for receiving the mail from outside Authentication Check this box to activate this function while using e mail application User Name Type the user name for authentication Password Type the password for authentication Enable E mail Alert Check the box to send alert message to the e mail box while the router detecting the item s you specify here Click OK to save these settings For viewing the Syslog please do the following l 2 Just set your monitor PC s IP address in the field of Server IP Address Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD After installation click on the Router Tools gt gt Syslog from program menu W I About Router Tools P Firmware Upgrade Utility ty G log fay Router Tools 73 5 1 el Uninstall Router Tools 3 5 1 Visit DrayTek Web Site From the Syslog screen select the router you want to monitor Be reminded
302. xmvabye LhWFSEEVLUTg 4 Connect to CA server via web browser Follow the instruction to submit the request Below we take a Windows 2000 CA server for example Select Request a Certificate Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task O Retrieve the CA certificate or certificate revocation list Request a certificate Check on a pending certificate Vigor2110 Series User s Guide 253 Dr ay Tek Select Advanced request Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Choose Request Type Please select the type of request you would like to make User certificate request Advanced request Select Submit a certificate request a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Microsoft Certificate Services vigo Advanced Certificate Requests You can request a certificate for yourself another user or a computer using one of the following methods Note that the policy of the certification authority CA will determine the certificates that you can obtain Submit a certificate request to this CA using a f
303. y Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish Then the system status of this protocol will be shown 2 4 3 PPTP Click PPTP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard PPTP Client Mode WAM 1 Enter the user name password WAN IP configuration and PPTP server IP provided by your ISP User Name ES Password Confirm Password WARK IP Configuration Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IF Address l Subnet Mask Gateway undefined Primary ONS undefined Second ONS undefined nl PPTP Server Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Dr ay Tek 20 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPTP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish Then the system status of this protocol will be shown 2 4 4 Static IP Click Static IP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard Static IP Client Mode WAM 1 Enter the Static IP configuration probided by your ISP WAN IF 172 16 5 229 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Gateway 172 156 3 4 Primary DNS Secondary DNS Doo optional A
304. y IP Precedence that uses Type of Service ToS field in the IP header to define 8 service classes DSCP is a successor creating 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility In a QoS enabled network or Differentiated Service DiffServ or DS framework a DS domain owner should sign a Service License Agreement SLA with other DS domain owners to define the service level provided toward traffic from different domains Then each DS node in these domains will perform the priority treatment This is called per hop behavior PHB The definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding EF Assured Forwarding AF and Best Effort BE AF defines the four classes of delivery or forwarding classes and three levels of drop precedence in each class Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall check the marked DSCP value in the IP header of bypassing traffic thus to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate policing classification or scheduling The core routers in the backbone will do the same checking before executing treatments in order to ensure service level consistency throughout the whole QoS enabled network Private Network DS domain 1 DS domain 2 However each node may take different attitude toward packets with high priority marking since it may bind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners It s not easy to achieve deterministic and consistent high priority QoS traffic throughout the
305. ys the total number of received packets at the WAN interface Displays the speed of received octets at the WAN interface Note The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface is ready for accessing Internet the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface is not ready for accessing Internet 2 6 Saving Configuration Each time you click OK on the web page for saving the configuration you can find messages showing the system interaction with you Ready indicates the system is ready for you to input settings Settings Saved means your settings are saved once you click Finish or OK button Dray Tek 24 Vigor2110 Series User s Guide User Mode Operation This chapter will guide users to execute simple configuration through user mode operation As for other examples of application please refer to chapter 5 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The window will ask for typing username and password 2 Do not type any word both username and password are Null for user operation on the window and click Login on the window Now the Main Screen will appear Be aware that User mode will be displayed on the bottom left side ege g EVOO 211 OSTE Dray Tek DDD NA Firewall Router Sa www draytek com Auto Logout System Status A Model Name Vigor2110 series Firmware Version SAAR KO Build Date Time Feb 11 2009 14 25 46 LAN WAN MAC Address 00 5

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

The Forever Cap FACLK530 Installation Guide  SVG1000 Wireless IP PBX System User Manual - stephen  Fiches UE 2015-2016 - Haute École Francisco Ferrer  V3_ FR_ EX600-TFM07FR.qxp  TC Installations TCENC110/S    User`s manual  デスクトップパソコン & All-in-One PC - ASUS  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file